<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" >

<channel>
	<title>DVRCMS.Com</title>
	<atom:link href="https://www.dvrcms.com/tag/pivot-cms/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>https://www.dvrcms.com</link>
	<description>Survelliance CMS and VMS Support</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Sun, 18 Jun 2023 19:41:11 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>https://wordpress.org/?v=6.9.4</generator>
	<itunes:subtitle>DVRCMS.Com</itunes:subtitle>
	<itunes:summary>Survelliance CMS and VMS Support</itunes:summary>
	<itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
	<item>
		<title>VSPlayer Software User Manual</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/vsplayer-software-user-manual/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/vsplayer-software-user-manual/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sun, 18 Jun 2023 19:41:11 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Encoding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[fisheye]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Hikvision]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[live video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Microsoft Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pivot CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[System Requirements]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[VSPlayer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 10]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 8]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=1088</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[VSPlayer Software User Manual, The VSPlayer software is a media player designed for Windows OS. With user-friendly GUI, the software ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="VSPlayer Software User Manual" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/vsplayer-software-user-manual/#more-1088" aria-label="Read more about VSPlayer Software User Manual">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>VSPlayer Software User Manual, <span lang="EN-US" style="color: black;">The VSPlayer software is a media player designed for Windows OS. With user-friendly GUI, the software provides an intuitive, convenient way for playing media file and video control, and supports multiple audio and video formats.</span></p>
<p><a id="post-1088-bookmark0"></a> Chapter 1 Introduction</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1088-bookmark2"></a> Overview</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The VSPlayer software is a media player designed for Windows OS. With user-friendly GUI, the software provides an intuitive, convenient way for playing media file and video control, and supports multiple audio and video formats.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1088-bookmark4"></a> Version History</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>V7.3</strong></p>
<p><strong>Added New Features:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>RTMP protocol for media streaming.</li>
<li>View the live video of device via HLS protocol.</li>
<li>Display picture, temperature and fire source information on the display window.</li>
<li>Support hardware decoding for live view.</li>
<li>Convert the video files from H.265 format to other formats.</li>
<li>The VCA information does not display when starting playing the video by default.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>V7.2</strong></p>
<p><strong>Added New Features:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Support fisheye expansion for playing video files of fisheye camera.</li>
<li>Support setting the location modes including by timestamp and by frame in basic settings.</li>
<li>Support media streaming to share the local video file, live view of device, and desktop to</li>
</ul>
<p>others in the same LAN.</p>
<p><strong>V7.1</strong></p>
<p><strong>Added New Features:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Filter the files by file name or accurate time, and locate the video by accurate time.</li>
<li>New UI for video clipping and file format converting.</li>
<li>The user manual is packaged into the software.</li>
<li>Optimize the digital zoom, audio control and repeat A-B segment function.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>V7.0.0</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>Support playing the video files of the various kinds of devices, such as DVR, encoder, decoder, compression card, network camera, network speed dome, etc.</li>
<li>Support multiple video file formats, including Hikvision H.264, standard H.264 and standard MPEG4.</li>
<li>Support 1, 4, 9, 16-window division.</li>
<li>Multiple languages GUI are provided.</li>
<li>Capture pictures and continuous capture during playing.</li>
<li>Get the file information.</li>
<li>Support file clipping, file merging and file converting.</li>
<li>Support watermark.</li>
<li>Digital zoom.</li>
<li>Accurately position the playback point by frame or time.</li>
<li>Synchronous playback.</li>
<li>Reverse playback.</li>
<li>Display the VCA information on the video.</li>
<li>Support playing encrypted file.</li>
<li>Repeat between the configured two points.</li>
<li>Live view via URL mode with RTSP.</li>
<li>Support motion flow to provide fluent video.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1088-bookmark6"></a> System Requirements</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Operating System: </strong>Microsoft Windows XP (32 / 64-bit) / Windows 7 (32 / 64-bit) / Windows 8</p>
<p>(32 / 64-bit) / Windows 10 (32 / 64-bit)</p>
<p><strong>RAM: </strong>2GB or above</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1088-bookmark8"></a> Conventions</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>In order to simplify the description, we define the “VSPlayer software” as “software” in the following chapters.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1088-bookmark10"></a> Getting Started
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1088-bookmark12"></a> Running the Software</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>After installing the software, click on the desktop to run the software.</p>
<p>The main interface of the software is shown below. For the descriptions of the icons and buttons on the interface, please refer to <em>Table 2.1 Main Interface Introduction</em>.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong> You can click to change the language of the software.</p>
<h2>VSPlayer Software User Manual</h2>
<blockquote><p>Read more :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/840/acti-cms-2-0-installation-guide/">ACTi CMS 2.0 Installation Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/399/unv-viewing-playback-and-clipping/">UNV Viewing Playback and Clipping</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/349/pivot-cms-setup-guide/">Pivot CMS Setup Guide</a></li>
</ol>
</blockquote>
<p><img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" width="865" height="442" class="wp-image-1089" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-1.jpeg" alt="word image 1088 1" title="VSPlayer Software User Manual 25" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-1.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-1-300x153.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-1-768x392.jpeg 768w" sizes="(max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>Table 2.1 Main Interface Introduction</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Icon/Button</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="4"><strong>1</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Add the local media file to the software.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Eni</strong></td>
<td>Delete the added files.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>w</strong></td>
<td>Set the playing mode for the file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>EB</strong></td>
<td>Filter the added files by file name or accurate time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>2</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Display window area. You can click <strong>Open File </strong>to select the file for playing.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="8"><strong>3</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Select file, set language, configure player settings, view the user manual and check the software information.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>o</td>
<td>Minimize the software.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>H</strong></td>
<td>Maximize the software.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>s</strong></td>
<td>Exit the software.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Fisheye expansion.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[ol</strong></td>
<td>Digital zoom.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Capture the playing video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[•J</strong></td>
<td>Continuous capture of the playing video.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
<td>Click and select whether to keep the window on top of all other windows.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■</td>
<td>Display the playing window in full-screen mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="10"><strong>4</strong></td>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>Reverse play.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>Slow forward.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
<td>Frame backward.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>emb</td>
<td>Play / pause the video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>Stop playing.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>ID</strong></td>
<td>Frame forward.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>ID</strong></td>
<td>Fast forward.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Ei</strong></td>
<td>Synchronous playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Audio on / mute.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Set window-division.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3"><strong>5</strong></td>
<td></td>
<td>Hide the playlist.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>Open files, open directory or open live view via URL mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Fil</strong></td>
<td>Activate the window of clip, convert, merge or streaming.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1088-bookmark15"></a><a id="post-1088-bookmark14"></a> Player Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click @ and select <strong>Settings</strong>, or select <strong>Settings </strong>on the right-click menu of the playing window to enter the Player Settings interface. You can set basic, capture and hotkey settings for the player.</p>
<p><strong>Player Settings X</strong></p>
<p><strong>&gt;t </strong>(pj &amp;</p>
<p>Basic</p>
<p><strong>Stick on Top:</strong></p>
<p>O Stick on Top When Playing</p>
<p>@ Never Stick on Top</p>
<p>O Always Stick on Top</p>
<p><strong>Locate by:</strong></p>
<p>O Locate by Timestamp</p>
<p>@ Locate by Frame</p>
<p>[✓ Save List File When Exit</p>
<p>| | Hardware Decoding for Live View Restore</p>
<p>OK Cancel Apply</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1088-bookmark17"></a> Basic Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong><em>Steps:</em></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Basic </strong>to enter the Basic Settings interface.</li>
<li>Set the option for Stick on Top.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Stick on Top When Playing</strong>: Keep the window on the top of all other windows when playing</p>
<p>the file.</p>
<p><strong>Never Stick on Top</strong>: Never keep the windon on the top of all other windows at any time.</p>
<p><strong>Always Stick on Top</strong>: Always keep the windon on the top of all other windows.</p>
<ol>
<li>Set the location method during playing.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>By Timestamp: </strong>Click on the timeline to locate the image according to the timestamp.</p>
<p><strong>By Frame: </strong>Click on the timeline to locate the image according to the frame.</p>
<ol>
<li>Check <strong>Save List File When Exit </strong>checkbox to keep the playlist when you exit and you can get the playlist next time you open the software.</li>
<li>(Optional) Check <strong>Hardware Decoding for Live View </strong>checkbox to enable decoding by hardware for live view.</li>
</ol>
<p>It provides better decoding performance and lower CPU usage.</p>
<ol>
<li>You can also click <strong>Restore </strong>to reset the parameters to the default values.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Apply </strong>to apply the settings. Or click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings and exit.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Player Settings X</strong></p>
<p><strong>X t§) </strong>(w)</p>
<p>Basic Capture Hotkey</p>
<p><strong>Stick on Top:</strong></p>
<p>O Stick on Top When Playing</p>
<p>® Never Stick on Top</p>
<p>O Always Stick on Top</p>
<p><strong>Locate by:</strong></p>
<p>O Locate by Timestamp</p>
<p>® Locate by Frame</p>
<p>0 Save List File When Exit</p>
<p>| | Hardware Decoding for Live View Restore</p>
<p>OK Cancel Apply</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1088-bookmark20"></a><a id="post-1088-bookmark19"></a> Capture Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong><em>Steps:</em></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Capture </strong>to enter the Capture Settings interface.</li>
<li>Select the Format for the captured picture.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Browse </strong>to set the saving path for captured pictures.</li>
<li>Set the continuous capture.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Mode: </strong>Select the mode as by time / by frame.</p>
<p><strong>Interval: </strong>Set the time / frame interval in the range of 1 to 100 seconds / frames.</p>
<p><strong>Max. Capture Number: </strong>Configure the maximum capture number in the range of 1 to 200.</p>
<ol>
<li>You can also click <strong>Restore </strong>to reset the parameters to the default values.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Apply </strong>to apply the settings. Or click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings and exit.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Player Settings X</strong></p>
<p>&gt;t O (^)</p>
<p>Basic Capture Hotkey</p>
<p><img decoding="async" width="298" height="200" class="wp-image-1090" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-2.jpeg" alt="word image 1088 2" title="VSPlayer Software User Manual 26"></p>
<p>Restore</p>
<p>OK Cancel Apply</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1088-bookmark22"></a> Hotkey Settings</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong><em>Steps:</em></strong></p>
<p>Click <strong>Hotkey </strong>to enter the Hotkey Settings interface.</p>
<p>1.</p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>3.</p>
<p>4.</p>
<p>You can view the keyboard hotkeys for the common functions of the software.</p>
<p>Click the text field, and you can change the hotkey as desired.</p>
<p>You can also click <strong>Restore </strong>to reset the parameters to the default values.</p>
<p>Click <strong>Apply </strong>to apply the settings. Or click <strong>OK </strong>to save the settings and exit.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Player Settings</strong></p>
<p><em>X</em></p>
<p>Basic</td>
<td>Capture</td>
<td>|WWi|</p>
<p>Hotkey</td>
<td><strong>X</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Open File:</td>
<td>Ctrl+Q</td>
<td>Fast Forward:</td>
<td>| Ctrl+Right</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Open Directory:</td>
<td>Ctrl+D</td>
<td>Slow Forward:</td>
<td>| Ctrl+Left</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Open URL:</td>
<td>Ctrl+U</td>
<td>] Restore Normal Speed:</td>
<td>| Ctrl+R</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Play/Pause:</td>
<td>| Space</td>
<td>Last Frame:</td>
<td>| Ctrl+J</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stop:</td>
<td>Ctrl+S</td>
<td>First Frame:</td>
<td>| Ctrl+K</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Frame Forward:</td>
<td>1 Right</td>
<td>Capture:</td>
<td>| F11</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Frame Backward:</td>
<td>i Left</td>
<td>Nomal/Full Screen:</td>
<td>Ctrl+F</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Volume +:</td>
<td>1 up</td>
<td>RepeatA-B Segment</td>
<td>Ctrl+C</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Volume -:</td>
<td>| Down</td>
<td>Exit</td>
<td>Ctrl+W</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Fisheye Expansion:</td>
<td>Ctrl+P</td>
<td colspan="2">Restore</td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>OK</td>
<td>1 Cancel</td>
<td>Apply</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1088-bookmark24"></a> Playing Video Files</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><em>Before you start:</em></strong></p>
<p>You should add the supported media file to the playlist of the software.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1088-bookmark26"></a> Adding the Video Files</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The software provides two ways for adding the local video files, including adding files of the selected folder and adding files directly. And you can also open live view of device via URL mode.</p>
<p><strong>Adding Files</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>Steps:</em></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click ES in the playlist area, or click <strong>Open File </strong>on the playing window, or click = and select <strong>Open File</strong>, or click @ and select <strong>Open File </strong>under <strong>Open</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong> The <strong>Open File </strong>on the playing window is only available when no video is playing and the window-division is 1.</p>
<ol>
<li>In the pop-up window, select the file for adding.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can also hold Shift or Ctrl key to select multiple files.</p>
<p><strong>Adding Folders</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>Steps:</em></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click il besides <strong>Open File </strong>on the playing window and select <strong>Open Directory</strong>, or click = and select <strong>Open Directory</strong>, or click [n] and select <strong>Open Directory </strong>under <strong>Open</strong>.</li>
<li>In the pop-up window, select a folder for adding.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can add the supported files under the folders to the software.</p>
<p><strong>URL Mode</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>Steps:</em></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click il besides <strong>Open File </strong>on the playing window and select <strong>Open URL</strong>, or click = and select <strong>Open URL</strong>, or click S and select <strong>Open URL </strong>under <strong>Open</strong>.</li>
<li>In the pop-up window, input the URL of the video.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong> Only RTSP and HLS protocol are supported for URL mode.</p>
<p>• For RTSP protocol, <strong><em>Format: </em></strong><em>rtsp://admin:12345@172.10.7.157/Stream/Channels/101</em>. <strong>admin: </strong>The user name of the camera.</p>
<p><strong>12345: </strong>The password to log in to the camera.</p>
<p><strong>172.10.7.157: </strong>The IP address of the camera.</p>
<p><strong>101: </strong>The main stream of camera 01.</p>
<p>• For HLS protocol, <strong><em>Format:</em></strong><a href="http://10.20.37.12:9086/8ch06la25569d.m3u8" rel="nofollow"> <em>http://10.20.37.12:9086/8ch06la25569d.m3u8</em>.</a></p>
<p>You can generate the HLS URL when creating network media streaming task. For details, refer to <em>Chapter 3.8</em><a href="#post-1088-bookmark45"><em> Media Streaming.</em></a></p>
<p>You should select the connection mode according to actual needs.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" width="355" height="173" class="wp-image-1091" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-3.jpeg" alt="word image 1088 3" title="VSPlayer Software User Manual 27" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-3.jpeg 355w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-3-300x146.jpeg 300w" sizes="(max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></p>
<p>Right-click the file in the Playlist and the following items are available on the right-click menu. For details, refer to <em>Table 3.1 Right-Click Menu on Playlist Description</em>.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong> The right-click menu varies according to different file types.</p>
<p>Table 3.1 Right-Click Menu on Playlist Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Play/Pause</strong></td>
<td>Play/pause the file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Delete File</strong></td>
<td>Delete the selected file(s) from the software.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Remove Invalid File</strong></td>
<td>Delete the all the invalid file of the playlist. The invalid files are marked with <strong>Invalid</strong>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Clear Playlist</strong></td>
<td>Delete all the files of the playlist.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>File Location</strong></td>
<td>Open the folder of the file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Enter Key</strong></td>
<td>Enter the key of the file which is encrypted.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1088-bookmark28"></a> Playing Control</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After adding the video files to the playlist, you can play the file and achieve the related functions to control the video playing.</p>
<p>The successfully added files list on the playlist panel and you can drag the file to the display window or double-click it for playing.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong> For the encrypted files, you should enter the key in the pop-up window to play it.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="833" height="474" class="wp-image-1092" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-4.jpeg" alt="word image 1088 4" title="VSPlayer Software User Manual 28" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-4.jpeg 833w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-4-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-4-768x437.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 833px) 100vw, 833px" /></p>
<p>You can control the video playing by clicking the provided icons. For details, refer to <em>Table 3.2 Playing Control.</em></p>
<p>Table 3.2 Playing Control</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>H</strong></td>
<td>Set the playing mode for the file as single, order, repeat one or repeat all.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>E9</strong></td>
<td>Select to filter the files by file name or accurate time. Filtering by accurate time can search the video files of the configured time point.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>Play the video reversely.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong> It is not available for the live view which accessing via URL mode or after hardware decoding enabled.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>Set playback speed as 1/2, 1/4, 1/8 or 1/16.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong> It is not available for the live view which accessing via URL mode or after hardware decoding enabled.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>ED</strong></td>
<td>Enable reverse playback frame by frame. Click it once to go backward by one frame.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong> It is not available for the live view which accessing via URL mode or after hardware decoding enabled.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>sun</strong></td>
<td>Play or pause the video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>Stop playing.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>ID</strong></td>
<td>Enable playback frame by frame. Click it once to go forward by one frame.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong> It is not available for the live view which accessing via URL mode or after hardware decoding enabled.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>Set the playback speed as 2X, 4X, 8X or 16X.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong> It is not available for the live view which accessing via URL mode or after hardware decoding enabled.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>E3</strong></td>
<td>Start synchronous play under multi-window mode. The files for synchronous play should have overlapped time duration. Refer to <em>Chapte</em><a href="#post-1088-bookmark30"><em>r 3.3 Synchronous Playback</em> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong> It is not available for the live view which accessing via URL mode or after hardware decoding enabled.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>EEl/E</strong></td>
<td>Turn off/on the audio. Drag the slider bar to adjust the volume. You can also press the Up or Down key on your keyboard to increase or decrease the volume. You can increase the volume up to 200%.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Set window division as 1*1, 2*2, 3*3 or 4*4. You can select a window and double-click a video file to play it. See the above figure with multi-window division.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>©</strong></td>
<td>Enable digital zoom. Use the mouse to draw a yellow rectangle and the image within it will be enlarged. A navigation window will show and you can drag the yellow rectangle to adjust its position. Click the icon again to disable digital zoom.</p>
<p>You can also use the mouse wheel to zoom in or zoom out.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>El</strong></td>
<td>Capture the playing video. Refer to <em>Chapter</em><a href="#post-1088-bookmark33"><em> 3.4 Capture and</em></a> <a href="#post-1088-bookmark33"><em>Continuous Capture</em> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>a</strong></td>
<td>Start continuous capture of the playing video. Refer to <em>Chapter</em><a href="#post-1088-bookmark33"><em> 3.4</em></a> <a href="#post-1088-bookmark33"><em>Capture and Continuous Capture</em> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong> It is not available after hardware decoding enabled.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Select whether to keep the window on top of all other windows.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Display the playing window in full-screen mode.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Or you can right-click on the playing window to access the play control menu. For details, refer to <em>Table 3.3 Right-Click Menu on Display Window Description</em>.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong> By default, VCA information does not display when starting playing the video.</p>
<p>Full Screen</p>
<p>Stick on Top ►</p>
<p>Play Control ►</p>
<p>Play Mode ►</p>
<p>Mute</p>
<p>Image Control ►</p>
<p>Aspect Ratio ►</p>
<p>Window Division ►</p>
<p>Capture</p>
<p>Continuous Capture</p>
<p>Digital Zoom</p>
<p>Clip</p>
<p>Convert</p>
<p>Merge</p>
<p>Media Streaming</p>
<p>Fisheye Expansion</p>
<p>Settings</p>
<p>File Information</p>
<p>Table 3.3 Right-Click Menu on Display Window Description</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Name</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Full Screen</strong></td>
<td colspan="2">Display the playing window in full-screen mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3"><strong>Stick on Top</strong></td>
<td>Stick on Top When Playing</td>
<td rowspan="3">Select whether to keep the window on the top of all other windows</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Never Stick on Top</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Always Stick on Top</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Play Control</strong></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Locate by Timestamp: </strong>Input the time and the video will be played back from that time.</p>
<p><strong>Locate by Frame: </strong>Accurately position the playback point by frame.</p>
<p><strong>Locate by Accurate Time: </strong>Locating by accurate time to play back the video of the configured time point.</p>
<p><strong>First Frame: </strong>Go to the first frame of the video.</p>
<p><strong>Last Frame: </strong>Go to the last frame of the video.</p>
<p><strong>Drop Frame: </strong>Drop the frame to reduce the CPU usage.</p>
<p><strong>Motion Flow: </strong>Enable the function to get the fluent video, especially for motion image.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>Repeat A-B Segment: </strong>Click to enable this function, and drag the A and B point on the timeline to adjust the position. Then the video can repeat between the configured two points.</p>
<p>For other items, please refer to the description of the related icons.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Play Mode</strong></td>
<td colspan="2">Set the playing mode for the file as single, order, repeat one or repeat all.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Mute</strong></td>
<td colspan="2">Turn off the audio of the file.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="9"><strong>Image Control</strong></td>
<td>Image Rotation</td>
<td>Rotate the image during playing.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Color Adjustment</td>
<td>Set the parameters of saturation, hue, contrast and brightness</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Watermark</td>
<td>Check the watermark information of the video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="6">VCA Info.</td>
<td><strong>VCA: </strong>Display the VCA information.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong> You should configure the VCA</p>
<p>information for the live view which accessing via URL mode. For details, refer to the <em>User Manual</em> of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Motion Detection: </strong>Highlight the motion of the video.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong> You should configure the motion</p>
<p>detection for the live view which accessing via URL mode. For details, refer to the <em>User Manual </em>of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>POS Text Overlay: </strong>Display the POS text.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong> This function should be supported by the device and the device should be configured with POS text overlay. For details, please refer to the <em>User Manual</em> of the device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Temperature: </strong>Display the detected</p>
<p>temperature.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong> This function is only available for thermal camera. For details, refer to the User Manual of the thermal camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Picture Overlay: </strong>Display the picture on the display window.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong> You should configure the picture</p>
<p>information for the live view which accessing via URL mode. For details, refer to the <em>User Manual</em> of the camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Fire Source: </strong>Display the file source information. <strong><em>Note:</em></strong> This function is only available for thermal camera. For details, refer to the User Manual of the thermal camera.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Aspect Ratio</strong></td>
<td colspan="2">Set the video size as original size, 4:3, 16:9 or Fill Window. You can also set the window size as 2X, original size, 1/2 or 1/4.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Window Division</strong></td>
<td colspan="2">Set the 1/49/16-window division.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Capture</strong></td>
<td>Capture the playing video. Refer to <em>Chapter</em><a href="#post-1088-bookmark33"><em> 3.4 Capture and Continuous</em></a> <a href="#post-1088-bookmark33"><em>Capture</em> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Continuous</strong></p>
<p><strong>Capture</strong></td>
<td>Continuous capture of the playing video. Refer to <em>Chapter</em><a href="#post-1088-bookmark33"><em> 3.4 Capture and</em></a> <a href="#post-1088-bookmark33"><em>Continuous Capture</em> </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong> It is not available after hardware decoding enabled.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Digital Zoom</strong></td>
<td>Enable digital zoom of the video.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Clip</strong></td>
<td>Clip the file to get the required video footage. Refer to <em>Chapter</em><a href="#post-1088-bookmark36"><em> 3.5 Clipping the</em></a> <a href="#post-1088-bookmark36">File </a>for details.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong> It is not available for the live view which accessing via URL mode or after hardware decoding enabled.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Convert</strong></td>
<td>You can convert the files or real-time streams to other format. Refer to <em>Chapter </em><a href="#post-1088-bookmark39"><em>3.6 Converting the File</em> </a>for detailed configuration.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Merge</strong></td>
<td>Merge multiple files (&gt;=2) into a single large file. Refer to <em>Chapter</em><a href="#post-1088-bookmark42"><em> 3.7 Merging</em></a> <a href="#post-1088-bookmark42"><em>the Files</em> </a>for details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Media</strong></p>
<p><strong>Streaming</strong></td>
<td>Create local, network, or desktop media streaming and generate URL to share the videos to other computers and devices in the same LAN. Refer to <em>Chapter 3.8</em><a href="#post-1088-bookmark45"><em> Media Streaming</em>.</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Fisheye</strong></p>
<p><strong>Expansion</strong></td>
<td>Play the video files in fisheye expansion mode. Refer to <em>Chapter 3.9</em><a href="#post-1088-bookmark48"><em> Fisheye</em></a> <a href="#post-1088-bookmark48"><em>Expansion</em>.</a></p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong> It is not available for the live view which accessing via URL mode or after hardware decoding enabled.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Settings</strong></td>
<td>Configure the player settings, including basic, capture and hotkey settings. Please refer to <em>Chapte</em><a href="#post-1088-bookmark14"><em>r 2.2 Player Settings</em> </a>for detailed information.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-1088-bookmark30"></a><strong>File Information</strong></td>
<td>Check the detailed information of the file, such as file name, video length, file size, file type and resolution, etc.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1088-bookmark31"></a> Synchronous Playback</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong><em>Purpose:</em></strong></p>
<p>You can play the video files in synchronization if they have overlapped time duration.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong> This function is not available for the live view which accessing via URL mode or after hardware decoding enabled.</p>
<p><strong><em>Steps:</em></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click [RS and select a multi-window (2&#215;2, 3&#215;3 or 4X4) division.</li>
<li>Select a window and double-click a video file to play it.</li>
<li>Repeat step 2 to start playing multiple video files.</li>
<li>Click El to start synchronous play.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong> The files for synchronous play should have overlapped time duration.</p>
<ol>
<li>(Optional) You can drag the *1 to zoom in or zoom out the timeline bar.</li>
</ol>
<p>Click LI to adjust the playback position.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="759" height="591" class="wp-image-1093" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-5.jpeg" alt="word image 1088 5" title="VSPlayer Software User Manual 29" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-5.jpeg 759w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-5-300x234.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 759px) 100vw, 759px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1088-bookmark34"></a><a id="post-1088-bookmark33"></a> Capture and Continuous Capture</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can take pictures of the playing video and save them to local PC.</p>
<p>There are two ways available for capturing pictures, including Capture and Continuous Capture.</p>
<p><strong>Capture</strong>: During the video playing, click O to take a picture for the video. Refer to <em>Chapte</em><a href="#post-1088-bookmark19"><em>r 2.2.2</em></a> <a href="#post-1088-bookmark19"><em>Capture Settings</em> </a>for the saving path and picture format of the captured pictures.</p>
<p><strong>Continuous Capture: </strong>During the video playing, click E! to start continuous capture of the playing video to take pictures continuously. You can click O to stop the continuous capture manually. Otherwise, the continuous capture stops after the number of captured pictures has reached the configured maximum capture number. Refer to <em>Chapter</em><a href="#post-1088-bookmark19"><em> 2.2.2 Capture Settings</em> </a>for the saving path of the captured pictures and the related parameters.</p>
<p><a id="post-1088-bookmark36"></a><strong><em>Note:</em></strong> Continuous capture is not supported after hardware decoding enabled.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1088-bookmark37"></a> Clipping the File</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong><em>Purpose:</em></strong></p>
<p>During playback, you can clip the file to get the required video footage.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong> This function is not available for the live view which accessing via URL mode or after hardware decoding enabled.</p>
<p><strong><em>Steps:</em></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>During the video playing, click ts! and select <strong>1^3, </strong>or select <strong>Clip </strong>on the right-click menu of</li>
</ol>
<p>the playing window to enter the Clip interface.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong> For selecting <strong>Clip </strong>under E, you should click <strong>Open File</strong>, or click □ to select a video file for clipping.</p>
<ol>
<li>Drag Q to set the desired start and end position of the video footage. You can also click 0 and D to adjust the position.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="355" height="337" class="wp-image-1094" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-6.jpeg" alt="word image 1088 6" title="VSPlayer Software User Manual 30" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-6.jpeg 355w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-6-300x285.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>(Optional) You can click <strong>Preview </strong>to view the video to clip.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Browse </strong>to set a saving path and file name for the clipped file.</li>
<li><a id="post-1088-bookmark39"></a> Click <strong>Clip </strong>to clip the file.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1088-bookmark40"></a> Converting the File Format</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><em>Purpose:</em></strong></p>
<p>You can convert the files or real-time streams to the target formats, and the parameters are configurable, such as format, encoding type, resolution, bitrate, and so on.</p>
<p><strong><em>Steps:</em></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click and select , or select <strong>Convert </strong>on the right-click menu of the playing window to</li>
</ol>
<p>pop up the Format Converter window.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="593" height="399" class="wp-image-1095" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-7.jpeg" alt="word image 1088 7" title="VSPlayer Software User Manual 31" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-7.jpeg 593w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-7-300x202.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 593px) 100vw, 593px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Add file(s) or real-time streams.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>For adding file(s), select <strong>File </strong>tab, click + and select <strong>Single Add </strong>to add one file, or click</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Batch Add </strong>to add files in batch.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="355" height="386" class="wp-image-1096" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-8.jpeg" alt="word image 1088 8" title="VSPlayer Software User Manual 32" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-8.jpeg 355w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-8-276x300.jpeg 276w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>For adding real-time stream, select <strong>Stream </strong>tab and click + to add the real-time stream.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="355" height="385" class="wp-image-1097" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-9.jpeg" alt="word image 1088 9" title="VSPlayer Software User Manual 33" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-9.jpeg 355w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-9-277x300.jpeg 277w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /></p>
<p>For detailed configuration about format converting, please refer to the user manual of the Format Converter (click © and select <strong>User Manual </strong>on the Format Converter window).</p>
<p><a id="post-1088-bookmark42"></a><strong><em>Note:</em></strong> You can convert the video files from H.265 format to other formats, but converting video files from the other formats to H.265 is not supported.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1088-bookmark43"></a> Merging the Files</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong><em>Purpose:</em></strong></p>
<p>You can merge multiple files into a single large file to view all the needed files continuously.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong> This function is not supported by the live view which accessing via URL mode.</p>
<p><strong><em>Steps:</em></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click and select , or select <strong>Merge </strong>on the right-click menu of the playing window to</li>
</ol>
<p>enter the Merge interface.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add </strong>to select the files from local PC.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="414" height="415" class="wp-image-1098" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-10.jpeg" alt="word image 1088 10" title="VSPlayer Software User Manual 34" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-10.jpeg 414w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-10-300x300.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-10-150x150.jpeg 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 414px) 100vw, 414px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>(Optional) Click to select a file and click <strong>t </strong>or <strong>I </strong>to move the file up or down to adjust its merging position.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can also click <em>x</em> to remove it from the merging list</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Browse </strong>to set a saving path and file name for the merged file.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can click <strong>Open Dir. </strong>to open the directory.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1088-bookmark45"></a> Click <strong>Start </strong>to start merging the files.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can click <strong>Stop </strong>during the merging process.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-1088-bookmark46"></a> Media Streaming</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><strong><em>Purpose:</em></strong></p>
<p>You can create local, network, or desktop media streaming task and generate URL to share the videos of local files, live view of device, or desktop to other users in the same LAN.</p>
<p><strong><em>Steps:</em></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Right-click on the display window area and select <strong>Media Streaming </strong>to open the Media Streaming tool.</li>
</ol>
<p>Or you can click <strong>E°1 </strong>and select S to open the Media Streaming tool.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong> The Media Streaming tool should keep running during the whole process of media streaming.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="533" height="355" class="wp-image-1099" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-11.jpeg" alt="word image 1088 11" title="VSPlayer Software User Manual 35" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-11.jpeg 533w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-11-300x200.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 533px) 100vw, 533px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Add </strong>button and select the media streaming type as Local, Network, or Desktop.</li>
</ol>
<p>• <strong>Local: Share the local video/audio file to others</strong></p>
<p>For creating the media streaming of local video/audio files:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="475" height="265" class="wp-image-1100" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-12.jpeg" alt="word image 1088 12" title="VSPlayer Software User Manual 36" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-12.jpeg 475w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-12-300x167.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 475px) 100vw, 475px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Input the media streaming name in the Name field as you want.</li>
<li>Click <strong>Add </strong>button to browse and select the video/audio file from local PC.</li>
<li>Select the protocol type as RTSP, HLS or RTMP.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><em>Note: </em></strong><em>Table 3.4 Supported Encoding Format</em> shows the supported video/audio file encoding formats under RTSP, HLS and RTMP protocol.</p>
<p>Table 3.4 Supported Encoding Format</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Protocol</strong></p>
<p><strong>Package'&#8221;^. Format</strong></td>
<td><strong>RTSP</strong></td>
<td><strong>HLS</strong></td>
<td><strong>RTMP</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>PS</strong></td>
<td><strong>Video: </strong>H.264, H.265;</p>
<p><strong>Audio: </strong>G711a, G711u, G722, AAC, MPEG;</td>
<td><strong>Video: </strong>H.264;</p>
<p><strong>Audio: </strong>AAC;</td>
<td><strong>Video: </strong>H.264;</p>
<p><strong>Audio: </strong>G711a, G711u, AAC;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>RTP</strong></td>
<td><strong>Video: </strong>H.264, H.265;</p>
<p><strong>Audio: </strong>G711a, G711u, G722, AAC;</td>
<td><strong>Video: </strong>H.264;</p>
<p><strong>Audio: </strong>AAC;</td>
<td><strong>Video: </strong>H.264;</p>
<p><strong>Audio: </strong>G711a, G711u, AAC;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>TS</strong></td>
<td><strong>Video: </strong>H.264;</p>
<p><strong>Audio: </strong>G711a, G711u, G722, AAC</td>
<td><strong>Video: </strong>H.264;</p>
<p><strong>Audio: </strong>AAC;</td>
<td><strong>Video: </strong>H.264;</p>
<p><strong>Audio: </strong>G711a, G711u, AAC;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>(4) Click Create to create the task and generate the media streaming URL.</p>
<p>• Network: Share the live view of the device to others</p>
<p>For creating the media streaming of live view of device:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="473" height="264" class="wp-image-1101" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-13.jpeg" alt="word image 1088 13" title="VSPlayer Software User Manual 37" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-13.jpeg 473w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-13-300x167.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Input the media streaming name in the Name field as you want.</li>
<li>In the Source URL field, input the address of the device.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong> The source URL should be a valid URL address with user name, password of the device and the corresponding protocol.</p>
<p>For example, the source URL can be:</p>
<p><strong><em>rtsp://10.16.6.113:8487/live/ubp2195t78674q6</em></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the protocol type as RTSP, HLS or RTMP.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><em>Note: </em></strong><em>Table 3.4 Supported Encoding Format</em> shows the supported video/audio file encoding formats under RTSP, HLS or RTMP protocol.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Create </strong>to create the task and generate the media streaming URL.</li>
</ol>
<p>• <strong>Desktop: Share the live image of the desktop to others</strong></p>
<p>For creating the media streaming of the current desktop:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="475" height="205" class="wp-image-1102" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-14.jpeg" alt="word image 1088 14" title="VSPlayer Software User Manual 38" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-14.jpeg 475w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-14-300x129.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 475px) 100vw, 475px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>Input the media streaming name in the Name field as you want.</li>
<li>Select the protocol type as RTSP, HLS or RTMP.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><em>Note: </em></strong><em>Table 3.4 Supported Encoding Format</em> shows the supported video/audio file encoding formats under RTSP, HLS or RTMP protocol.</p>
<ol>
<li>Click <strong>Create </strong>to create the task and generate the media streaming URL.</li>
</ol>
<p>The created task with details, including name, status, protocol type, create time and URL, will display in the media streaming list as follows.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="395" class="wp-image-1103" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-15.jpeg" alt="word image 1088 15" title="VSPlayer Software User Manual 39" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-15.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-15-300x201.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>(Optional) Select the task and click to delete it. Or you can right-click on the target task</li>
</ol>
<p>and select <strong>Delete </strong>to delete it.</p>
<ol>
<li>(Optional) Select the task and click ® to clear all the tasks. Or you can right-click on the task and select <strong>Clear </strong>to clear all the tasks.</li>
<li>(Optional) Select the media streaming task with status as <em>Succeeded</em> and click <strong>Copy </strong>button to copy its URL. Or you can right-click the target task and select <strong>Copy </strong>to copy the URL.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can send the URL to others to share the local video, the live view of the device, or the desktop view. Other users can open the URL with the player which supports media streaming function to view the shared video.</p>
<p><a id="post-1088-bookmark49"></a><a id="post-1088-bookmark48"></a> 3.9 Fisheye Expansion</p>
<p><strong><em>Purpose:</em></strong></p>
<p>You can play the fisheye camera’s video files in fisheye expansion mode.</p>
<p>When playing the video files of the fisheye camera, you can click O button to enter the Fisheye Expansion interface. Or you can right-click on the display window area and select <strong>Fisheye Expansion </strong>to enter the Fisheye Expansion interface.</p>
<p><strong><em>Notes:</em></strong></p>
<ul>
<li>This function is not available for the live view which accessing via URL mode or after hardware decoding enabled.</li>
<li>The video files should be larger than 4K.</li>
<li>Start playing the video file by VSPlayer before fisheye expansion.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="837" height="502" class="wp-image-1104" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-16.jpeg" alt="word image 1088 16" title="VSPlayer Software User Manual 40" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-16.jpeg 837w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-16-300x180.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-16-768x461.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 837px) 100vw, 837px" /></p>
<p>For the introductions of play control buttons, pleases refer to <em>Table 3.2 Playing Control</em>.</p>
<p><strong><em>Steps:</em></strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the mounting type.</li>
</ol>
<p>Select ceiling mounting, wall mounting, or table mounting according to the actual mounting</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="564" height="260" class="wp-image-1105" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-17.jpeg" alt="word image 1088 17" title="VSPlayer Software User Manual 41" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-17.jpeg 564w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-17-300x138.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 564px) 100vw, 564px" /></p>
<p>2.</p>
<p>type you adopted for your camera.</p>
<p>You can select a display mode for the layout of the live view window. The description of each display mode is shown in the following table.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>Fisheye view.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Panorama view.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>e</td>
<td>Panorama view and 3 PTZ views.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IS</td>
<td>Panorama view and 8 PTZ views.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>4 PTZ views.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>One fisheye view and 8 PTZ views.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Panorama view and 3 PTZ views for wall mounting.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Dual-180 <sup>o</sup> panorama view.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Panorama view and one PTZ view.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>E</td>
<td>Panorama view and 6 PTZ views.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>2 PTZ views.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>One fisheye view and 3 PTZ views.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>n</td>
<td>Panorama view for wall mounting.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Ei</td>
<td>Panorama view and 8 PTZ views.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>• <strong>Fisheye View: </strong>In the Fisheye view mode, the whole wide-angle view of the camera displays. This view mode is called Fisheye because it approximates the vision of a fish’s convex eye. The lens produces curvilinear images of a large area, while distorting the perspective and angles of objects in the image.</p>
<p><strong>Fisheye View</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>Panorama/Dual-180<sup>o</sup> Panorama View: </strong>In the Panorama view mode, the distorted</p>
<p>fisheye image is transformed to normal perspective image by some calibration methods.</p>
<p><strong>Panorama View</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="307" class="wp-image-1106" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-18.jpeg" alt="word image 1088 18" title="VSPlayer Software User Manual 42" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-18.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-18-300x156.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="592" height="317" class="wp-image-1107" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-19.jpeg" alt="word image 1088 19" title="VSPlayer Software User Manual 43" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-19.jpeg 592w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-19-300x161.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 592px) 100vw, 592px" /></p>
<p><strong>Dual-180<sup>o</sup> Panorama View</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="312" class="wp-image-1108" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-20.jpeg" alt="word image 1088 20" title="VSPlayer Software User Manual 44" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-20.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-20-300x158.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>• <strong>PTZ View: </strong>The PTZ view is the close-up view of some defined area in the Fisheye view or Panorama view, and it supports the electronic PTZ function, which is also called e-PTZ.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong> Each PTZ view is marked on the Fisheye view and Panorama view with a specific navigation area with different colors. You can drag the navigation area on the Fisheye view or Panorama view to adjust the PTZ view, or drag the PTZ view to adjust the view</p>
<p>to the desired angle.</p>
<p><strong>Fisheye+3PTZ View</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="592" height="316" class="wp-image-1109" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-21.jpeg" alt="word image 1088 21" title="VSPlayer Software User Manual 45" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-21.jpeg 592w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-21-300x160.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 592px) 100vw, 592px" /></p>
<p><strong>Panorama+3PTZ View</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="592" height="316" class="wp-image-1110" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-22.jpeg" alt="word image 1088 22" title="VSPlayer Software User Manual 46" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-22.jpeg 592w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-22-300x160.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 592px) 100vw, 592px" /></p>
<ol>
<li>(Optional) For PTZ view, you can perform the PTZ control in the PTZ Control panel.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="157" height="111" class="wp-image-1111" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-23.jpeg" alt="word image 1088 23" title="VSPlayer Software User Manual 47"> Select the PTZ view, and click the arrow button to adjust the image. You can to zoom in or zoom out the view. You can click Q to start auto-scan.</p>
<p>PTZ Control</p>
<p>A.uto~Scan Speed.</p>
<p>1</p>
<p>Pan Speed 1</p>
<p>Tilt Speed 1</p>
<p>Or you can drag in the PTZ view and scroll the mouse wheel to realize the PTZ movements.</p>
<p>click D</p>
<p>or</p>
<p>You can also drag the ■ to set the auto-scan speed, pan speed, and tilt speed for better PTZ control.</p>
<ol>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="425" height="394" class="wp-image-1112" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-24.jpeg" alt="word image 1088 24" title="VSPlayer Software User Manual 48" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-24.jpeg 425w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-1088-24-300x278.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 425px) 100vw, 425px" /> (Optional) Click El to enter the Circle Center Calibration interface to calibrate the circle center of the fisheye and make the fisheye expansion more accurate.</li>
<li>Drag the ■ on the fisheye circle to adjust the red circle close to the fisheye view.</li>
<li>Click <strong>OK </strong>to save the calibration.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/vsplayer-software-user-manual/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>User Manual of Universal HD DVR</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/user-manual-of-universal-hd-dvr/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/user-manual-of-universal-hd-dvr/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 09 Jun 2023 19:30:43 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[FAQ]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Access Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[administrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Android]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CCTV]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DDNS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Manager]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR solutions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DVR system]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Encoding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Intercom]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[IP Camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[iPhone]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mainstream]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detect Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion Detection]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[onvif]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[OSD setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pivot CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Play Video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[QR code]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Time Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Update firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[WiFi Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=562</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[User Manual of Universal HD DVR, If HD DVR does not work normally because of hitting on the hard object, ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/user-manual-of-universal-hd-dvr/#more-562" aria-label="Read more about User Manual of Universal HD DVR">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="Gvdemetni30"><span lang="EN-US" style="color: black;">User Manual of Universal HD</span><span lang="EN-US"> DVR, If HD DVR does not work normally because of hitting on the hard object, please contact the authorized dealer for repair or replacement.</span></p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark0"></a> SAFETY INSTRUCTION</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark2"></a> Please carefully read the following safety instruction so as to avoid personal injuries and prevent the equipment and other connection devices from being damaged.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Power sources. Please use the power supply attached or specified by the manufacturer </strong>Never operate the equipment by unspecified power supply.</li>
<li><strong>Never push objects of any kind through openings of HD DVR.</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>Never push objects of any kind through openings of HD DVR so as to avoid electric shock or other accidents.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Do not put the equipment in the dusty field.</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>Do not put the equipment in the dusty field.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Do not place the equipment under rain or humid environment</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>Do not place the equipment under humid environment like basement. If the equipment is in contact with water, please unplug the power cable and immediately contact your local dealer.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Keep the surface of the equipment clean and dry</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>Use soft damp cloth to clean the outer case of HD DVR (do not use liquid aerosol cleaners)</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Do not operate if any problems are found</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>If there are any strange smell or sound, unplug the power cable and contact the authorized dealer or service center.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Do not try to remove the upper cover</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>Warning: Do not remove the cap of HD DVR so as to avoid electric shock.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Handle with care</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>If HD DVR does not work normally because of hitting on the hard object, please contact the authorized dealer for repair or replacement.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Use standard lithium battery</strong></li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note: </strong><em>Use the batteries attached or specified by the manufacturer. After cutting off the power supply, if the system clock cannot continue to work, please replace the standard 3V lithium battery on the main board.</em></p>
<p><strong>Warning: </strong><em>Turn off HD DVR before replacing the batteries, or you may be suffered from serious electric shock. Please properly dispose of the used batteries.</em></p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Put the equipment in a place with good ventilation.</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>The HD DVR system includes HDD, which produces large amount of heat during operation. As a result, do not block the ventilation openings(on the top, bottom, both sides and the reverse side) for cooling the system during operation. Install or put the equipment in the place with good ventilation.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>The attached power adapter can only be used for 1 set of HD DVR.</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>Do not connect more equipment, or HD DVR may be restarted repeatedly because of insufficient power.</p>
<ol>
<li><strong>Prevent the equipment from water dropping or splashing.</strong></li>
</ol>
<p>Do not place objects containing water, such as flower vase, on the equipment.</p>
<h2>User Manual of Universal HD DVR</h2>
<blockquote><p>Read More :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/200/best-20-free-open-source-cctv-nvr-and-dvr-solutions/">Best 20 Free Open source CCTV, NVR and DVR solutions</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/369/lorex-desktop-software/">How to Add Device to Hik-ProConnect</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/339/how-to-setup-dahua-toolbox/">Pivot CMS Setup Guide</a></li>
</ol>
</blockquote>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark4"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark3"></a> Chapter 1 Overview of HD DVR</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark7"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark6"></a> Front Panel</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>HD DVR Front Panel, as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="128" class="wp-image-563" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-1.jpeg" alt="word image 562 1" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 241" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-1.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-1-300x44.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-1-768x114.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 1-1 Front panel of 1HDD/2HDD case</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="180" class="wp-image-564" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-2.jpeg" alt="word image 562 2" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 242" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-2.jpeg 866w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-2-300x62.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-2-768x160.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 1-2 Front panel of 4HDD/8HDD case</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark9"></a> &gt; <em>All above drawings are for reference only.</em></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark10"></a> Rear Panel</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>HD DVR Rear Panel, as shown below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="126" class="wp-image-565" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-3.jpeg" alt="word image 562 3" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 243" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-3.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-3-300x44.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-3-768x112.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 1-3 Rear panel of 1 HDD case</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="108" class="wp-image-566" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-4.jpeg" alt="word image 562 4" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 244" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-4.jpeg 867w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-4-300x37.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-4-768x96.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 1-4 Rear panel of 2 HDD case</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="181" class="wp-image-567" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-5.jpeg" alt="word image 562 5" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 245" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-5.jpeg 867w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-5-300x63.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-5-768x160.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 1-5 Rear panel of 4HDD/8HDD case</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark12"></a> &gt; <em>All above drawings are for reference only.</em></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark13"></a> USB Mouse Operation</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>A regular 3-button (Left/Right/Scroll-wheel) USB mouse can also be used with this HD DVR. To use a USB mouse: Plug USB mouse into one of the USB interfaces on the front or rear panel of the HD DVR. The mouse should automatically be detected.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Items</strong></td>
<td><strong>Action</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="3">Left-Click</td>
<td>Single-Click</td>
<td>Live view: Select channel and show the quick set menu.</p>
<p>Menu: Select and enter.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Double-Click</td>
<td>Live view: Switch between single-screen and multi-screen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Click and Drag</td>
<td>Live view: Drag channel/time bar.</p>
<p>Alarm: Select target area.</p>
<p>Digital zoom-in: Drag and select target area.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Right-Click</td>
<td>Single-Click</td>
<td>Live view: Show main menu.</p>
<p>Menu: Exit current menu to upper level menu.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Scroll-Wheel</td>
<td>Scrolling up</td>
<td>Menu: change the settings value to high</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Scrolling down</td>
<td>Menu: change the settings value to low</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 1-1 Key functions of USB Mouse Operation</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p>&gt; <em>If in a rare case that the mouse is not detected, the possible reason may be that the two devices are not compatible, please refer to the recommended the device list from your provider.</em></p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark16"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark15"></a> 1.4 Input Method Description</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="858" height="201" class="wp-image-568" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-6.jpeg" alt="word image 562 6" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 246" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-6.jpeg 858w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-6-300x70.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-6-768x180.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 858px) 100vw, 858px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 1-6 Soft keyboard (1)</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="179" height="237" class="wp-image-569" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-7.jpeg" alt="word image 562 7" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 247"></p>
<p><strong>Figure 1-6 Soft keyboard (2)</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Icon</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Symbols</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>0 9</td>
<td>Number</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enter</td>
<td>Exit</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1 1</td>
<td>Space</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>■ <sup>z</sup>l</td>
<td>English letter</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Backspace</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a id="post-562-bookmark18"></a> Shift |</td>
<td>Lowercase/Uppercase</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table1-2 Description of the Soft Keyboard Icons</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark19"></a> HD DVR Connection
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark22"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark21"></a> Hard Disk Installation</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>Before installing Hard Disk (HDD), please make sure the power is disconnected with the HD DVR. Each capacity of Hard Disk please refer to HD DVR’s specifications. HD DVR without Hard Disk still support monitoring, but no recording or playback. If you correctly install the Hard Disk, the HDD indicator will blink regularly when the HD DVR is on work.</p>
<ol>
<li>Loosen the screws in back and right/left</li>
</ol>
<p>2. Place the HDD in the machine</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="363" height="204" class="wp-image-570" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-8.jpeg" alt="word image 562 8" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 248" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-8.jpeg 363w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-8-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 363px) 100vw, 363px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="358" height="203" class="wp-image-571" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-9.jpeg" alt="word image 562 9" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 249" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-9.jpeg 358w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-9-300x170.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 358px) 100vw, 358px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="363" height="213" class="wp-image-572" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-10.jpeg" alt="word image 562 10" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 250" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-10.jpeg 363w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-10-300x176.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 363px) 100vw, 363px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="372" height="216" class="wp-image-573" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-11.jpeg" alt="word image 562 11" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 251" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-11.jpeg 372w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-11-300x174.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 372px) 100vw, 372px" /></p>
<p>side to open the cover.</p>
<p>and tight the screws.</p>
<p>3. Connect the power and data cables.</p>
<p>4. Install the cover and screws.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p>&gt; <em>If user requires higher performance HDD, it is strongly recommended to use special hard drive for security and protection.</em></p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark24"></a> &gt; <em>Please do not take out hard drive when HD DVR is running!</em></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark25"></a> Device Connection</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>We recommend you connect HD DVR with other monitoring devices like picture 2-4-1 or 2-4-2.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="768" height="432" class="wp-image-574" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-12.jpeg" alt="word image 562 12" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 252" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-12.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-12-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 768px) 100vw, 768px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 2-4-1Device Connection</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="773" height="472" class="wp-image-575" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-13.jpeg" alt="word image 562 13" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 253" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-13.jpeg 773w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-13-300x183.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-13-768x469.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 773px) 100vw, 773px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 2-4-2Device Connection</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark28"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark27"></a> Network Connection</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Transmit signals of AHD camera and IP camera to HD DVR by the network cable, and connect VGA port and HDMI port for output.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="823" height="515" class="wp-image-576" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-14.jpeg" alt="word image 562 14" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 254" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-14.jpeg 823w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-14-300x188.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-14-768x481.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-14-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 823px) 100vw, 823px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 2-4 Device Connection</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark31"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark30"></a> Power Supply Connection</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark33"></a> Please use attached power adapter to connect HD DVR. Before power on, make sure the cables on the audio I/O ports and network port are well connected.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark34"></a> Getting Started
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark37"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark36"></a> Start Up and Shut Down</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>Proper startup and shutdown procedures are crucial to expanding the life of the HD DVR, please check that the voltage of the extra power supply is the same with the HD DVR’s requirement, and the ground connection is working properly.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Starting up the HD DVR</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Plug the power supply and turn on the power supply switch(if there is one). Power supply indicator blinking indicates turning on the video recorder. After the startup you will hear a beep. The default setting of video output is multiple-window output mode. If the startup time is within the recording schedule time, the timing video recording function will start up automatically. Then the recording indicator of corresponding channel will be blinking and the HD DVR is working normally. When operate a username and password is needed, the default username is “admin” and the password is 1234567u.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Shutting down the HD DVR</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Click right of the mouse on the live view interface and choose “<strong>Main Menu</strong>&gt;<strong>Shutdown”, </strong>then click ok button, shown as figure 3-1.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="711" height="290" class="wp-image-577" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-15.jpeg" alt="word image 562 15" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 255" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-15.jpeg 711w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-15-300x122.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 711px) 100vw, 711px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 3-1 Shutdown Menu</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark40"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark39"></a> Using the Startup Wizard</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>By default, the Startup Wizard starts once the HD DVR has loaded, as shown in <strong>Figure 3-2.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="497" height="317" class="wp-image-578" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-16.jpeg" alt="word image 562 16" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 256" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-16.jpeg 497w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-16-300x191.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 497px) 100vw, 497px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 3-2 Startup Wizard</strong></p>
<p><strong>Operating the Startup Wizard:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>The Startup Wizard can walk you through some important settings of the HD DVR. If you don’t want to use the Startup Wizard at that moment, click the exit button. You can also choose to use the Startup Wizard next time by leaving the “enable” checkbox checked.</li>
<li>Click Next Step button to enter the general settings window, as shown in <strong>figure 3-3.</strong></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="756" height="506" class="wp-image-579" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-17.jpeg" alt="word image 562 17" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 257" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-17.jpeg 756w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-17-300x201.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 3-3 General settings</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>After the general settings, click Next Step button which takes you back to the record control Setup Wizard window, as shown in <strong>figure 3-4.</strong></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="754" height="506" class="wp-image-580" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-18.jpeg" alt="word image 562 18" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 258" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-18.jpeg 754w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-18-300x201.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 754px) 100vw, 754px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 3-4 Record control settings</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>After the record control settings, click Next Step button which takes you to the HDD</li>
</ol>
<p>Manage Setup Wizard window, as shown in <strong>figure 3-5.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="608" height="405" class="wp-image-581" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-19.jpeg" alt="word image 562 19" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 259" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-19.jpeg 608w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-19-300x200.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-19-600x400.jpeg 600w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 608px) 100vw, 608px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 3-5 HDD Manage of Wizard</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click Next button. You enter the Network Setup Wizard window, as shown in <strong>figure 3-6.</strong></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="610" height="403" class="wp-image-582" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-20.jpeg" alt="word image 562 20" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 260" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-20.jpeg 610w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-20-300x198.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 610px) 100vw, 610px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 3-6 Network of Wizard</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click Next button after you configured the network parameters, you enter the cloud</li>
</ol>
<p>service Setup Wizard window, as shown in <strong>figure 3-7.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="623" height="415" class="wp-image-583" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-21.jpeg" alt="word image 562 21" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 261" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-21.jpeg 623w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-21-300x200.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-21-600x400.jpeg 600w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 623px) 100vw, 623px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 3-7 Cloud of Wizard</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click finished button to complete the startup Setup Wizard.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark43"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark42"></a> Login and logout</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>• <strong>User Login</strong></p>
<p>If HD DVR has logged out, you must login the device before operating the menu and other functions.</p>
<p><strong>Steps:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the User Name in the dropdown list.</li>
<li>Input Password.</li>
<li>Click OK to log in.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="757" height="312" class="wp-image-584" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-22.jpeg" alt="word image 562 22" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 262" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-22.jpeg 757w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-22-300x124.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 757px) 100vw, 757px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 3-8Switch user</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p>&gt; <em>In the Login dialog box, if you enter the wrong password 7 times, the current user account will blockedfor 60 seconds and you will hear a beep consist about 5s.</em></p>
<p>• <strong>User Logout</strong></p>
<p>After logging out, the monitor turns to the live view mode and if you want to perform any operations, you need to enter user name and password log in again.</p>
<p><strong>Steps:</strong></p>
<p>1. Enter the Shutdown menu. Go to Main Menu &gt; Shutdown</p>
<p>2. Select logout and click ok button.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="770" height="315" class="wp-image-585" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-23.jpeg" alt="word image 562 23" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 263" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-23.jpeg 770w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-23-300x123.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-23-768x314.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 770px) 100vw, 770px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 3-9Shutdown</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p>&gt; <em>After you have logged out the system, menu operation on the screen is invalid. It is required to input a user name and password to unlock the system.</em></p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark45"></a> Chapter 4 HD DVR MENU</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark49"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark47"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark48"></a> HD DVR Menu Guide</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="852" class="wp-image-586" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-24.jpeg" alt="word image 562 24" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 264" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-24.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-24-300x295.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-24-768x756.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-1 HD DVR Menu Guide</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark52"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark51"></a> Live View
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark55"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark54"></a> Introduction of Live View</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Live view shows you the video image getting from each camera in real time. The HD DVR automatically enters Live View mode when powered on, as shown in figure 4-2.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="684" height="446" class="wp-image-587" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-25.jpeg" alt="word image 562 25" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 265" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-25.jpeg 684w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-25-300x196.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 684px) 100vw, 684px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-2 live view interface</strong></p>
<p>On live view screen, click on the channel &#8221; + &#8220;Button to enter the channel management interface HD DVR Automatically search for network segment IPC , And then select the IPC Click Add to.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p>&gt; <em>The transmission signals of IP camera to HD DVR is main stream under single or four screen s live view, and it is extra stream under multi- screen live view.</em></p>
<p>• <strong>Live View Icons</strong></p>
<p>In the live view mode, there are icons at the upper-left of the screen for each channel, showing the status of the record and alarm in the channel, so that you can know whether the channel is recorded, or whether there are alarm source as soon as possible.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Items</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>^=1 Recording state</td>
<td>Shown on channel preview when recording.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm detect</td>
<td>Shown on channel preview when alarm triggered.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video lost</td>
<td>Shown on channel preview when video lost.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>a</p>
<p>Camera lock</td>
<td>No preview authority.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table4-1 Live view Icons</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark58"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark57"></a> 4.2.2 Operations in Live View Mode</p>
<p><strong>In live view mode, there are many functions provided. The functions are listed below.</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Single Screen: </strong>showing only one screen on the monitor.</li>
<li><strong>Multi-screen: </strong>showing multiple screens on the monitor simultaneously.</li>
<li><strong>Tour: </strong>the screen is auto switched to the next one. And you must set the dwell time for each screen on the configuration menu before enabling the tour.</li>
<li><strong>Start Recording: </strong>continuous record and motion detection record are supported.</li>
<li><strong>Add IP Camera: </strong>the shortcut to the IP camera management interface.</li>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark60"></a><strong>Playback: </strong>playback the recorded videos for current day.
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark61"></a> Quick Setting Toolbar in Live View Mod</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>On the screen of each channel, there is a quick setting toolbar which shows when you move the arrow of mouse to the top of image.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="53" class="wp-image-588" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-26.jpeg" alt="word image 562 26" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 266" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-26.jpeg 480w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-26-300x33.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-3 Quick Setting Toolbar in channel image</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Items</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Instant Replay</td>
<td>In the preview channel window interface within ten minutes of video for playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">■■□Zoom</td>
<td>Displays the selected channel in full screen, and displays a small window in the right corner of the area you want to zoom.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>n</strong></p>
<p>■■■Manual Record</td>
<td>Quick switch video mode for this channel (only in manual and stop mode switching).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">^^Manual Snap</td>
<td>This channel the display resolution of the images that are captured in real time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Audio Preview</td>
<td>To listen Open channel monitor.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>E3 </strong></p>
<p>■■Voice Intercom</td>
<td>Open-channel intercom functions, support IPC and web and mobile client to talk.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">^^Channel Set</td>
<td>Quickly enter and locate a channel management interface.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">^^^Face Detection</td>
<td>Quickly enable a blank area in preview to show the people’s face detected by the camera. (As shown in Figure 4-3-1)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>«o&gt;</td>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>Quickly enter PTZ control interface.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 4-2 Description of the Quick Setting Toolbar</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="818" height="460" class="wp-image-589" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-27.jpeg" alt="word image 562 27" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 267" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-27.jpeg 818w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-27-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-27-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 818px) 100vw, 818px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-3-1 Face Detection Preview and snapshot at right column</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark64"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark63"></a> Desktop shortcut menu</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>In preview mode you can right click mouse to access the desktop shortcut menu, as shown in gure 4-4.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="214" height="634" class="wp-image-590" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-28.jpeg" alt="word image 562 28" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 268" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-28.jpeg 214w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-28-101x300.jpeg 101w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 214px) 100vw, 214px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-4 Desktop shortcut menu</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Main menu: </strong>The main menu includes playback, setting, maintain, backup and shutdown.</li>
<li><strong>Password retrieval: </strong>Modify administrator password or Reset password by e-mail.</li>
<li><strong>Automatic channel config: </strong>When you right click mouse and choose Auto Channel Config, it means that HD DVR will auto add the IP cameras which in the same LAN.</li>
<li><strong>IP channel: </strong>It is a shortcut access to IP channel interface.</li>
<li><strong>Channel Status: </strong>It is a shortcut access to channel status interface.</li>
<li><strong>Playback: </strong>It is a shortcut access to video playback interface.</li>
<li><strong>Quick Record: </strong>You can check current channel status: “o” means it is not selected, “•” Means it is selected.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="481" height="228" class="wp-image-591" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-29.jpeg" alt="word image 562 29" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 269" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-29.jpeg 481w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-29-300x142.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-5 Quick Record</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Items</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Schedule</strong></td>
<td>Record according to the configuration.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Manual</strong></td>
<td>Click the button and the according channel will record immediately regardless of the current state.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Stop</strong></td>
<td>Click the stop button and the according channel will stop recording regardless of the current state.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table4-3Quick Record</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>PTZ control: </strong>Operation interface is as shown in figure4-6. The functions include: PTZ direction control, speed, zoom, focus, iris, setup operation, patrol between spots, pattern, border, tour.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="232" height="241" class="wp-image-592" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-30.jpeg" alt="word image 562 30" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 270"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="221" height="211" class="wp-image-593" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-31.jpeg" alt="word image 562 31" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 271"></p>
<p>PTZ</p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-6 PTZ Control</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Coaxial control: </strong>Operation interface is as shown in figure4-7. You can operate the OSD menu through this way, be noted that the HD camera must support coaxial control.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="320" height="253" class="wp-image-594" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-32.jpeg" alt="word image 562 32" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 272" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-32.jpeg 320w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-32-300x237.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-7Coaxial Control</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Color setting: </strong>it is a shortcut to settings -&gt;Channel management -&gt;Image color settings window.</li>
<li><strong>Outputs adjust: </strong>it is a shortcut access to settings -&gt;System settings -&gt;Output control interfaces.</li>
<li><strong>Mute: </strong>The speaker mute switch, Icon means speaker turns on, icon □</li>
</ul>
<p>means</p>
<p>speaker turns off.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Version: </strong>It’s a shortcut access to the System version.</li>
<li><strong>Logout: </strong>Shutdown, restart system, logout menu user and switch user, as shown in</li>
</ul>
<p>figure 4-8.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="327" height="182" class="wp-image-595" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-33.jpeg" alt="word image 562 33" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 273" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-33.jpeg 327w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-33-300x167.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 327px) 100vw, 327px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-8 Logout</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>Screen switch: </strong>Preview in single screen/four screens/eight screens /nine screens /sixteen screens according to your choice.</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark67"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark66"></a> 4.3 Settings</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark70"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark69"></a> 4.3.1 System</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark72"></a> 4.3.1.1General setting</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;setting -&gt; System -&gt; General &#8220;into the general interface, as shown in <strong>Figure 4-9.</strong></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-9 General</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>Language: </strong>English, Simplified Chinese,Italian, Russian, Portuguese, Turkish, Polski, Arabic, Cesky.</p>
<p>• <strong>Time zone: </strong>Select your corresponding time zone here.</p>
<p>• <strong>System time</strong>: Set the system data and time.</p>
<p>• <strong>Date format</strong>: Choose the data format: YMD, MDY, DMY.</p>
<p>• <strong>Time format: </strong>Choose list separator of the data format: dot, beeline and solidus.</p>
<p>• <strong>Time Format: </strong>Choose time format: 24-hour or 12-hour.</p>
<p>• <strong>DST</strong>: Choose the summer time option and pop the dialog box as followed.</p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-9 DST (week)</strong></p>
<p>DST</p>
<p>Day of Week Date</p>
<p>Start: 0 2016 &#8211; 03 &#8211; 01 01 : 00</p>
<p>End: 0 2016| -10-01 01 : 00</p>
<p>OK ■ Cancel</p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-9 DST (date)</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="651" class="wp-image-596" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-34.jpeg" alt="word image 562 34" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 274" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-34.jpeg 867w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-34-300x225.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-34-768x577.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="470" height="171" class="wp-image-597" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-35.jpeg" alt="word image 562 35" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 275" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-35.jpeg 470w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-35-300x109.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 470px) 100vw, 470px" /></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Auto Logout: </strong>Set the latency time in 0-60. 0 means no latency time.</li>
<li><strong>Startup Wizard: </strong>The startup wizard can guide you to finish some important settings of</li>
</ul>
<p>the AHD DVR. You can also choose to skip this step.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Device No.: </strong>When you are using one remote control to control several HD DVRs, you can give a number to each HD DVR as address for your management.</li>
<li><strong>Host Name: </strong>HD DVR’s name</li>
<li><strong>Smart Display: </strong>it will display smart alarm line or area after you enable this function
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark74"></a> Display Setting</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click on the &#8220;settings -&gt; System -&gt;Display&#8221; into the display setting interface, as shown in <strong>Figure 4-10</strong>. In this pare you can adjust video output parameters.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="489" class="wp-image-598" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-36.jpeg" alt="word image 562 36" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 276" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-36.jpeg 867w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-36-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-36-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-10 Display</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark76"></a> Tour setting</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click on the &#8220;settings -&gt; System -&gt;Tour&#8221; into the tour setting interface. As shown in <strong>Figure 4-11.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="687" height="515" class="wp-image-599" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-37.jpeg" alt="word image 562 37" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 277" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-37.jpeg 687w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-37-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 687px) 100vw, 687px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-11 Tour</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Enable Tour: </strong>Tour on or off</li>
<li><strong>Interval: </strong>Interval time setting, the range of values is from 5s to 120s.</li>
<li><strong>View: </strong>View checking about tour</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark78"></a> 4.3.1.4 Account</p>
<p>Click on &#8220;Setting -&gt; System -&gt;Account&#8221; into the account interface, as shown in <strong>figure 4-12. </strong>There are two default accounts in the HD DVR: <strong>admin/guest</strong>, admin’s default password is 1234567u while the other is empty. The account of admin is an administrator, it has the permission to add and delete any user and configure user parameters</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="489" class="wp-image-600" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-38.jpeg" alt="word image 562 38" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 278" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-38.jpeg 867w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-38-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-38-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-12 Account</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>Note :</em></strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em>The character length of name is 64 bits at most for the following users and users&#8217; group. Legal characters include: letter and number, other characters are forbidden.</em></li>
<li><em>The user management includes: group/ user. One user should belong to one group.</em></li>
<li><strong>Add Group: </strong>Add a user group and set the permission. There are 73 different permissions: control panel, real time surveillance, playback, recording setup, video file backup and so on.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="758" height="395" class="wp-image-601" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-39.jpeg" alt="word image 562 39" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 279" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-39.jpeg 758w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-39-300x156.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 758px) 100vw, 758px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-13 Add group</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Add user: </strong>Add a user in the group and set the user permission. Enter the menu</li>
</ul>
<p>interface and input the user name and password. Choose the group and choose whether</p>
<p>using “Reuseable” function, this function allows multiple users use the same account to</p>
<p>login. User’s right cannot exceed group’s right. We recommend that the common user’s</p>
<p>permission is lower than the advanced user.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="765" height="515" class="wp-image-602" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-40.jpeg" alt="word image 562 40" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 280" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-40.jpeg 765w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-40-300x202.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 765px) 100vw, 765px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-14 Add user</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>Modify Group: </strong>Modify the existing groups’ attribute, as shown in <strong>figure 4-15.</strong></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-15 Modify group</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>Modify User: </strong>click icon ——to modify the existing users’ attribute, as shown in <strong>figure</strong></p>
<p><strong>4-16.</strong></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-16 Modify User</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>Modify password: </strong>You can set password among 1-64 bytes, legal characters include letter and number, other characters are not forbidden, as shown in <strong>figure 4-17.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="488" class="wp-image-603" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-41.jpeg" alt="word image 562 41" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 281" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-41.jpeg 866w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-41-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-41-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="488" class="wp-image-604" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-42.jpeg" alt="word image 562 42" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 282" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-42.jpeg 866w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-42-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-42-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="489" class="wp-image-605" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-43.jpeg" alt="word image 562 43" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 283" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-43.jpeg 867w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-43-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-43-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-17 Modify password</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p>&gt; <em>The user who possesses the user control permission can modify his/her own or other user&#8217;s password.</em></p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark80"></a> 4.3.1.5 Restart</p>
<p>Click on &#8220;Setting -&gt; System -&gt;Restart&#8221; into the graphical interface, as shown in <strong>figure 4-18.</strong>The user can set the auto reboot time to maintain the device.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="488" class="wp-image-606" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-44.jpeg" alt="word image 562 44" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 284" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-44.jpeg 866w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-44-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-44-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-18 Restart</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark83"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark82"></a> 4.3.2 Network</p>
<p>Before the HD DVR connects to the Network, you need to configure the related settings of Network. In this chapter, we can set the basic network configuration, WIFI, 3G/4G, P2P, DDNS, UPNP, Email, FTP, NTP, Access control, etc.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark85"></a> Base</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click on &#8220;Setting -&gt; Network -&gt; Base&#8221; into the network base settings interface, as shown in <strong>figure 4-19. </strong>This page you can set the device IP Address, gateway, DNS As well as view MAC Address.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="489" class="wp-image-607" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-45.jpeg" alt="word image 562 45" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 285" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-45.jpeg 867w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-45-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-45-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-19 Basic Setting of Network</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>DHCP: </strong>Obtain IP address automatically.</li>
<li><strong>IP Address: </strong>Set the IP address of HD DVR. Default is 192.168.1.9</li>
<li><strong>Subnet Mask: </strong>Default is 255.255.255.0.</li>
<li><strong>Gateway: </strong>Default is 192.168.1.1.</li>
<li><strong>MAC: </strong>the physical address of HD DVR.</li>
<li><strong>DNS setup: </strong>Domain Name Server, it translates the domain name into IP address, it contain primary DNS and secondary DNS.</li>
<li><strong>Internal IP: </strong>Set the beginning of IP addresses of those IP Cameras connected to POE panel. Default is 192.168.3.10. Make sure that this value should not be at the same subnet with the IP address of HD DVR.</li>
<li><strong>Max Users: </strong>The maximum number of users can simultaneously access the HD DVR. Default value is 10.</li>
<li><strong>HS Download: </strong>Download at a high speed on the network side.</li>
<li><strong>Transfer Mode: </strong>There are three modes: Quality preferred, Fluency preferred and Adaptive. The code stream will adjust itself according to the setting, adaptive is the tradeoff between the image quality preferred and fluency preferred, fluency preferred and adaptive are valid only when the sub-stream is turned on, otherwise, quality preferred is valid.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p>&gt; <em>You can&#8217;t set internal IP address if the HD DVR is not support POE function.</em></p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark87"></a> 4.3.2.2 WIFI</p>
<p>Click on &#8220;Setting -&gt; Network -&gt;WIFI&#8221; Into the WIFI setting interface. This interface will display the search to WIFI Name, signal strength and encryption. You need to prepare a WIFI and connect to the USB connector of the HD DVR.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="648" class="wp-image-608" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-46.jpeg" alt="word image 562 46" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 286" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-46.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-46-300x225.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-46-768x575.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-20 WIFI Setting</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Enable: </strong>WIFI Enabling switch</li>
<li><strong>DHCP: </strong>Automatically obtain the IP Addresses and gateways.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark89"></a> 4.3.2.3 3G/4G</p>
<p>Click on click on &#8220;Setting -&gt; Network -&gt;3G &#8220;Into the graphical interface. This page can be set 3G Function, Status, 3G Signal types, and Access point, Dial- number, User Name, Password, and 3G IP Addresses. You need to prepare a 3G/4G network Data Card and connect to the USB connector of the HD DVR. The User name and Password need to be supplied by your ISP.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="485" class="wp-image-609" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-47.jpeg" alt="word image 562 47" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 287" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-47.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-47-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-47-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-21 3G Setting</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark91"></a> 4.3.2.4 P2P</p>
<p>HD DVR can be connected to Cloud service and users can visit the HD DVR by its Cloud ID through Cellphone APP or the website<a href="http://www.elevatep2p.com/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> www.elevatep2p.com.</a></p>
<p>Click on &#8220;Setting -&gt; Network -&gt;P2P &#8220;Into the graphical interface. This page shows the iPhone or Android APP download links, and the cloud ID Identification code.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="671" height="442" class="wp-image-610" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-48.jpeg" alt="word image 562 48" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 288" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-48.jpeg 671w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-48-300x198.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 671px) 100vw, 671px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-22 P2P Setting</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Enable:</strong>P2P Function enabling switch.</li>
<li><strong>Status: </strong>Display P2P status.</li>
<li><strong>Cloud ID: </strong>P2P Identification number.</li>
<li><strong>IE Web: </strong>The P2P web address.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can visit HD DVR by entering<a href="http://www.elevatep2p.com/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> www.elevatep2p.com </a>in the Web Browser of your computer, and click the option <strong>By Device</strong>, fill in the blank with the serial code Cloud ID, and Username, Password of HD DVR.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark93"></a> DDNS</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>DDNS is a service that can be used to automatically update DNS records if client PCs get their IP settings from a DHCP Server. If DDNS function is enabled on HD DVR, you can access the HD DVR by domain name provided by Internet Service Provider (ISP) provider.</p>
<p>Prior registration with your ISP is required before configuring the system to use DDNS.</p>
<p>Click on &#8220;Setting -&gt; Network -&gt;DDNS &#8220;Into the graphical interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="490" class="wp-image-611" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-49.jpeg" alt="word image 562 49" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 289" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-49.jpeg 866w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-49-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-49-768x435.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-23 DDNS Setting</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Enable: </strong>DDNS enabling switch.</li>
<li><strong>DDNS Type: </strong>ISP of DDNS, including Oray DDNS, CN99 DDNS, DynDNS DDNS, NO-IP DDNS. This option can be customized according to the requirement of users.</li>
<li><strong>Domain name: </strong>Fill in the domain name provided by ISP. Maximum 63 characters can be filled in.</li>
<li><strong>User name/Password: </strong>Fill in the username and password input corresponds to the domain name.
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark95"></a> UPNP</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>UPnP is a networking standard that uses protocols on the Internet to allow electronic devices connected to a network to detect and identify each other.</p>
<p>Click on &#8220;Setting -&gt; Network -&gt;UPNP &#8220;Into the graphical interface. This page can set up Media Port, HTTP Port and Handset Port. Check UPNP Is enabled, the external port can automatically obtain and use.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="486" class="wp-image-612" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-50.jpeg" alt="word image 562 50" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 290" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-50.jpeg 867w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-50-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-50-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-24 UPNP Setting</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark97"></a> Email</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The system can be configured to send an Email notification to all designated users if an alarm event is detected, etc.; an alarm or motion event is detected.</p>
<p>The network must be connected to the Internet in order to connect to the Email SMTP server.</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;settings -&gt; Network -&gt;E-mail&#8221; into the graphical interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-613" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-51.jpeg" alt="word image 562 51" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 291" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-51.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-51-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-51-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-25 E-mail Setting</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Enable: </strong>Enable the Email service.</li>
<li><strong>SMTP Server</strong>: The SMTP Server IP address or host name.</li>
<li><strong>SMTP Port</strong>: The SMTP port. The default TCP/IP port used for SMTP is 25.</li>
<li><strong>Open SSL</strong>: Click the checkbox to enable SSL if required by the SMTP server.</li>
<li><strong>User Name/Password: </strong>The username and password of the sender email accounts.</li>
<li><strong>Sender: </strong>Displayed by the recipient of the message sender email address.</li>
<li><strong>Title: </strong>The title displayed in the email.</li>
<li><strong>Receiver: </strong>The Email address of user to be notified (3 receivers at most).</li>
</ul>
<p>After finishing the setting, you can click the button <strong>MailTest </strong>to try to verify the email service is available, and click the button <strong>Apply </strong>to activate the configuration.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark99"></a> FTP</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>You can upload the record file onto a FTP server by configuring the FTP settings. It allows you to upload the record file by the record type and record time.</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Setting -&gt; Network -&gt;FTP &#8220;Into the graphical interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="485" class="wp-image-614" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-52.jpeg" alt="word image 562 52" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 292" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-52.jpeg 866w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-52-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-52-768x430.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-26 FTP Setting</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>FTP setting: </strong>divided into video FTP and pictures FTP ,you can set up your server IP, port, user name, password, directory, file length, and there are the Anonymous option, and FTP Setting whether the testing successful.</li>
<li><strong>Channel setting: </strong>you can select the channel to transmit, set up on weekday, as well as the time period.</li>
</ul>
<p>After finishing the setting, you can click the button <strong>FTP Test </strong>to try to verify the FTP service is available, and <strong>Copy To </strong>button is used to copy the configuration of current channel to other channels. Click the button Apply to activate the configuration.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark101"></a> NTP</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>A Network Time Protocol (NTP) Server can be configured on your HD DVR to ensure the accuracy of system date/time.</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Setting -&gt; Network -&gt;NTP &#8220;Into the graphical interface. This page can be set NTP server IP, server port, update schedule.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-615" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-53.jpeg" alt="word image 562 53" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 293" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-53.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-53-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-53-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-27 NTP Setting</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Enable: </strong>Enable the NTP service.</li>
<li><strong>Server IP</strong>: The NTP Server IP address or host name.</li>
<li><strong>Port</strong>: Port of NTP server.</li>
<li><strong>Update Schedule</strong>: Time interval between the two synchronizing actions with NTP server. The unit is minute.</li>
</ul>
<p>Click the button <strong>Save </strong>to save the configuration.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p>&gt; <em>The time synchronization interval can be set from 1 to 65535min, and the default value is 10 min. If the HD DVR is connected to a public network, you should use a NTP server that has a time synchronization function, such as the server at the National Time Center.</em></p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark103"></a> 4.3.2.10 Access</p>
<p>In this chapter by setting the IP address to be blocked and trusted, you can block specific IP address or allow some trusted IP.</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Setting -&gt; Network -&gt; Access &#8220;into the graphical interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="825" height="466" class="wp-image-616" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-54.jpeg" alt="word image 562 54" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 294" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-54.jpeg 825w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-54-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-54-768x434.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 825px) 100vw, 825px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-28 Access</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>Blocked Sites: </strong>The IP Addresses which are added to blocked sites are not allowed to login HD DVR.</p>
<p>• <strong>Trusted Sites: </strong>Only the IP Addresses which are added to trusted sites are allowed to login HD DVR.</p>
<p>You can add IP or delete IP by clicking <strong>Add IP </strong>and <strong>Delete IP </strong>buttons. After the operation is finished, click the <strong>Save </strong>button.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark105"></a> Cloud Storage</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>In this chapter, you can set the Cloud Storage to upload your videos and picture recorded by your cameras.</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Setting -&gt; Network -&gt;Cloud Storage &#8220;into the graphical interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="797" height="599" class="wp-image-617" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-55.jpeg" alt="word image 562 55" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 295" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-55.jpeg 797w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-55-300x225.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-55-768x577.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 797px) 100vw, 797px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-29 Cloud Storage</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>Upload directory: </strong>The directory in your cloud storage where the videos and pictures to be saved, if not set, the video file will be saved at the root directory directly.</p>
<p>• <strong>File length: </strong>The space spared to save videos and pictures, the default number is ‘0’, which means the space will save the whole video and picture file as much as the original video file.</p>
<p>• <strong>Chanel: </strong>Choose which channel to upload video or picture.</p>
<p>• <strong>Upload type: </strong>Choose picture or video to be uploaded, and choose the type of the file, the type can be ‘Normal’ or ‘Event’.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark107"></a> SNMP</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) is an<a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Internet_protocol_suite" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> Internet-standard protocol </a>for collecting and organizing information about managed devices on<a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Internet_Protocol" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"> IP </a>networks and for modifying that information to change device behavior.</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Set -&gt; Network -&gt;SNMP &#8220;into the SNMP configuration interface. There are 3 versions in SNMP. V1/V2 are shown in <strong>figure 4-30.</strong></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-30 SNMP V1/V2</strong></p>
<p>V1/V2 is basic encryption method, V3 is advanced one with more complicated encryption, as shown in <strong>figure 4-31.</strong></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-30 SNMP V3</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="788" height="592" class="wp-image-618" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-56.jpeg" alt="word image 562 56" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 296" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-56.jpeg 788w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-56-300x225.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-56-768x577.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 788px) 100vw, 788px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="788" height="592" class="wp-image-619" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-57.jpeg" alt="word image 562 57" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 297" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-57.jpeg 788w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-57-300x225.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-57-768x577.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 788px) 100vw, 788px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark109"></a> 4.3.2.13 Multicast</p>
<p>In computer networking, multicast (one-to-many or many-to-many distribution) is group communication where information is addressed to a group of destination computers simultaneously.</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Set -&gt; Network -&gt;SNMP &#8220;into the SNMP configuration interface, set the Multicast IP and Multicast port within the required range. If different source devices want to apply the multicast, the multicast IP should be DIFFERENT. In the last, enable the function and apply. As shown in <strong>figure 4-32.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="789" height="592" class="wp-image-620" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-58.jpeg" alt="word image 562 58" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 298" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-58.jpeg 789w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-58-300x225.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-58-768x576.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 789px) 100vw, 789px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-32 Multicast</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark112"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark111"></a> 4.3.3 Alarm</p>
<p>The HD DVR supports video detection alarm, including motion detection, masking detection, video lost detection. And also exception warnings such as HDD error, no writable disk, disk no space, network disconnection or IP conflicted.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p>&gt; <em>Video detection should be supported by the IP Camera, so please refer the User Manual of IP Camera to confirm the video detection types. If the IP Camera does not support some types of the video detection, the configuration on the HD DVR would be unable to activate.</em></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark114"></a> Motion Detection</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Motion detection is to detect the movement of the channel. If any movement appears in the surveillance area, the HD DVR will detect it and respond according to the settings.</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Setting -&gt; Alarm -&gt; Motion&#8221; into the setting interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="685" height="515" class="wp-image-621" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-59.jpeg" alt="word image 562 59" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 299" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-59.jpeg 685w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-59-300x226.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 685px) 100vw, 685px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-33 Motion Detect</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Channel: </strong>Select the channel.</li>
<li><strong>Enable: </strong>Motion detection-enabled switch.</li>
<li><strong>Schedule: </strong>Set the time slot of motion detection. Here it supports 6 time slots at most. You can copy the setting to other days: click <strong>Copy</strong>, and select another weekday, click <strong>Paste </strong>to have it configured as the former one. Click <strong>Default </strong>to clear all the settings. (as shown in figure 4-31)</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="598" height="458" class="wp-image-622" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-60.jpeg" alt="word image 562 60" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 300" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-60.jpeg 598w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-60-300x230.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 598px) 100vw, 598px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-34 Schedule Setting</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>Interval: </strong>Set the time interval of each motion detection triggered.</p>
<p>• <strong>Trigger process: </strong>Set the handling action of motion detection, including alarm output, alarm delay, show massage, buzzer, send Email, record channels and record delay, PTZ act, tour and Snapshot. (as shown in <strong>figure 4-35</strong>). Maximum 4 channels can be chosen when you select the Snapshot.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="675" height="449" class="wp-image-623" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-61.jpeg" alt="word image 562 61" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 301" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-61.jpeg 675w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-61-300x200.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-61-600x400.jpeg 600w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 675px) 100vw, 675px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-35 Event Process</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Sensitivity: </strong>Set Sensitivity of motion detection, range from 1 to 6.</li>
</ul>
<p>You need to select the surveillance area on the screen, by click and drag the mouse, or you can click the button <strong>Select All </strong>to select all the surveillance area, or click the button <strong>Clear </strong>to reset the button:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="771" height="263" class="wp-image-624" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-62.jpeg" alt="word image 562 62" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 302" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-62.jpeg 771w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-62-300x102.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-62-768x262.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 771px) 100vw, 771px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="377" height="256" class="wp-image-625" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-63.jpeg" alt="word image 562 63" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 303" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-63.jpeg 377w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-63-300x204.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 377px) 100vw, 377px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-36 Select partially</strong></p>
<p>Click <strong>Apply </strong>button to save the settings.</p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-37 Select All</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark116"></a> Intelligent Detection</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="682" height="511" class="wp-image-626" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-64.jpeg" alt="word image 562 64" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 304" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-64.jpeg 682w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-64-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 682px) 100vw, 682px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-38 Intelligent Detection</strong></p>
<p>In this section UVR support different types of analyses when connect Qualvision IPC by private protocol. But only Line Crossing and Area Intrusion can be used in analogy channels after user enable the smart channel setting in part 4.3.5.1.3;</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p>&gt; <em>The sum of the smart analyze may differ from different UVR product Line, but the principle is same;</em></p>
<p>&gt; we need IPC support corresponding smat analyses function from Qualvision.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark119"></a> Line Crossing</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Crossing detection is used to detect the object crossing the set virtual line. The direction can be set as bidirectional, or from side A to B, or from side B to A. If there&#8217;s object move from one side to another, it will trigger the alarm and the NVR will respond those actions as configured, such as record, show message, send email, etc.</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;setting -&gt; Alarm -&gt; Intelligent detection -&gt; Line Crossing&#8221; into the graphical interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="751" height="558" class="wp-image-627" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-65.jpeg" alt="word image 562 65" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 305" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-65.jpeg 751w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-65-300x223.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 751px) 100vw, 751px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-39 Line Crossing</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Channel: </strong>Select the channel.</li>
<li><strong>Enable: </strong>Crossing detection enabled switch.</li>
<li><strong>Schedule: </strong>Set the time slot to detect crossing. You can take the setting of chapter 4.3.3.1 motion detection for reference.</li>
<li><strong>Interval: </strong>Set the time interval of each crossing detection triggered.</li>
<li><strong>Trigger process: </strong>Set the handling action of crossing detection; please take the setting of chapter 4.3.3.1 motion detection for reference.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can add virtual line to the surveillance area like following steps:</p>
<ol>
<li>Choose the line number, the maximum number of the line is 4.</li>
<li>Select the direction: A&lt;-&gt;B, A-&gt;B, B-&gt;A.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>A&lt;-&gt;B: </strong>Only the arrow on the B side shows; when an object going across the configured line with both direction can be detected and alarms are triggered.</p>
<p><strong>A-&gt;B: </strong>Only the object crossing the configured line from the A side to the B side can be detected.</p>
<p><strong>B-&gt;A: </strong>Only the object crossing the configured line from the B side to the A side can be detected.</p>
<ol>
<li>Adjust the sensitivity. Range from 1-100.The higher the value is, the more easily the detection alarm can be triggered.</li>
<li>Click the Apply button to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="550" height="345" class="wp-image-628" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-66.jpeg" alt="word image 562 66" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 306" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-66.jpeg 550w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-66-300x188.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-66-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 550px) 100vw, 550px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-39-1 Add Virtual Line</strong></p>
<p>After all the settings finished, click the button <strong>Apply </strong>to activate all the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark121"></a> 4.3.3.2.2 Area Intrusion</p>
<p>Area Intrusion detection function detects people, vehicle or other objects which enter in a pre-defined virtual region from outside, and some certain actions can be taken when the alarm is triggered.</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Setting -&gt; Alarm -&gt; Intelligent detection -&gt; Area Intrusion &#8220;into the graphical interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="745" height="559" class="wp-image-629" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-67.jpeg" alt="word image 562 67" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 307" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-67.jpeg 745w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-67-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 745px) 100vw, 745px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-40 Area Intrusion</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Channel: </strong>Select the channel.</li>
<li><strong>Enable: </strong>Intrusion detection enabled switch.</li>
<li><strong>Schedule: </strong>Set the time slot to detect intrusion. You can take the setting of chapter 4.3.3.1 motion detection for reference.</li>
<li><strong>Interval: </strong>Set the time interval of each intrusion detection triggered.</li>
<li><strong>Trigger process: </strong>Set the handling action of intrusion detection; please take the setting of chapter 4.3.3.1 motion detection for reference.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can add virtual area to the surveillance area like following steps:</p>
<ol>
<li>Choose the area number, the maximum number of the area is 4.</li>
<li>Set detect time threshold. For example, if you set the time threshold is 5 seconds and</li>
</ol>
<p>someone intrude your area about 3 seconds alarm cannot be triggered.</p>
<ol>
<li>Adjust the sensitivity. Range from 1-100. The higher the value is, the more easily the detection alarm can be triggered.</li>
<li>Percent. Range from 1-100. For example, if you set the percent is 50, alarm will be triggered only when the area be intruded more than half.</li>
<li>Click the Apply button to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="741" height="467" class="wp-image-630" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-68.jpeg" alt="word image 562 68" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 308" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-68.jpeg 741w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-68-300x189.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-68-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 741px) 100vw, 741px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-40-1 Set Intrusion Zone</strong></p>
<p>After all the settings finished, click the button <strong>Apply </strong>to activate all the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark123"></a> 4.3.3.2.3 Region Entrance</p>
<p>Region Entrance function detects people, vehicle or other objects which enter in a forbidden pre-defined virtual region from outside, and some certain actions can be taken when the alarm is triggered.</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Setting-&gt; Alarm-&gt;Intelligent detection -&gt; Region Entrance&#8221; into the graphical interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="745" height="558" class="wp-image-631" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-69.jpeg" alt="word image 562 69" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 309" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-69.jpeg 745w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-69-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 745px) 100vw, 745px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-41 Region Entrance</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Channel: </strong>Select the channel.</li>
<li><strong>Enable: </strong>Intrusion detection enabled switch.</li>
<li><strong>Schedule: </strong>Set the time slot to detect intrusion. You can take the setting of chapter 4.3.3.1 motion detection for reference.</li>
<li><strong>Interval: </strong>Set the time interval of each intrusion detection triggered.</li>
<li><strong>Trigger process: </strong>Set the handling action of intrusion detection; please take the setting of chapter 4.3.3.1 motion detection for reference.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can add virtual area to the surveillance area like following steps:</p>
<ol>
<li>.Choose the area number, the maximum number of the area is 4.</li>
<li>.Adjust the sensitivity. Range from 1-100. The higher the value is, the more easily the detection alarm can be triggered.</li>
<li>.Click the Apply button to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>After all the settings finished, click the button <strong>Apply </strong>to activate all the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark125"></a> 4.3.3.2.4 Region Exiting</p>
<p>Region Exiting function detects people, vehicle or other objects which exit a forbidden pre-defined virtual region from inside, and some certain actions can be taken when the alarm is triggered.</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Setting -&gt; Alarm -&gt; Intelligent detection -&gt; Region Exiting &#8220;into the graphical interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="707" height="530" class="wp-image-632" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-70.jpeg" alt="word image 562 70" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 310" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-70.jpeg 707w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-70-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 707px) 100vw, 707px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-42 Region Exiting</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Channel: </strong>Select the channel.</li>
<li><strong>Enable: </strong>Intrusion detection enabled switch.</li>
<li><strong>Schedule: </strong>Set the time slot to detect intrusion. You can take the setting of chapter 4.3.3.1 motion detection for reference.</li>
<li><strong>Interval: </strong>Set the time interval of each intrusion detection triggered.</li>
<li><strong>Trigger process: </strong>Set the handling action of intrusion detection; please take the setting of chapter 4.3.3.1 motion detection for reference.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can add virtual area to the surveillance area like following steps:</p>
<ol>
<li>.Choose the area number, the maximum number of the area is 4.</li>
<li>.Adjust the sensitivity. Range from 1-100. The higher the value is, the more easily the detection alarm can be triggered.</li>
<li>.Click the Apply button to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>After all the settings finished, click the button <strong>Apply </strong>to activate all the settings.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark127"></a> .3.3.2.5 Fast Moving</li>
</ol>
<p>Fast Moving function detects people, vehicle and some other objects that move with forbidden speed, and some certain actions can be taken when the alarm is triggered.</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Setting -&gt; Alarm -&gt; Intelligent detection -&gt; Fast Moving &#8220;into the graphical interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="766" height="576" class="wp-image-633" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-71.jpeg" alt="word image 562 71" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 311" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-71.jpeg 766w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-71-300x226.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 766px) 100vw, 766px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-43 Fast Moving</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Channel: </strong>Select the channel.</li>
<li><strong>Enable: </strong>Intrusion detection enabled switch.</li>
<li><strong>Schedule: </strong>Set the time slot to detect intrusion. You can take the setting of chapter</li>
</ul>
<p>4.3.3.1 motion detection for reference.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Interval: </strong>Set the time interval of each intrusion detection triggered.</li>
<li><strong>Trigger process: </strong>Set the handling action of intrusion detection; please take the setting</li>
</ul>
<p>of chapter 4.3.3.1 motion detection for reference.</p>
<p>You can add virtual area to the surveillance area like following steps:</p>
<ol>
<li>.Choose the area number, the maximum number of the area is 4.</li>
<li>.Adjust the sensitivity. Range from 1-100. The higher the value is, the more easily the detection alarm can be triggered.</li>
<li>.Click the Apply button to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>After all the settings finished, click the button <strong>Apply </strong>to activate all the settings.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark129"></a> .3.3.2.6 Unattended Object</li>
</ol>
<p>Unattended Object function detect articles that left in a certain pre-defined virtual region, and some certain actions can be taken when the alarm is triggered.</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Setting -&gt; Alarm -&gt; Intelligent detection -&gt; Object Abandoned &#8220;into the graphical interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="746" height="559" class="wp-image-634" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-72.jpeg" alt="word image 562 72" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 312" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-72.jpeg 746w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-72-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 746px) 100vw, 746px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-44 Unattended Object</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Channel: </strong>Select the channel.</li>
<li><strong>Enable: </strong>Intrusion detection enabled switch.</li>
<li><strong>Schedule: </strong>Set the time slot to detect intrusion. You can take the setting of chapter 4.3.3.1 motion detection for reference.</li>
<li><strong>Interval: </strong>Set the time interval of each intrusion detection triggered.</li>
<li><strong>Trigger process: </strong>Set the handling action of intrusion detection; please take the setting of chapter 4.3.3.1 motion detection for reference.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can add virtual area to the surveillance area like following steps:</p>
<ol>
<li>.Choose the area number, the maximum number of the area is 4.</li>
<li>.Adjust the sensitivity. Range from 1-100. The higher the value is, the more easily the detection alarm can be triggered.</li>
<li>.Set detect time threshold. For example, if you set the time threshold is 5 seconds and someone intrude your area about 3 seconds alarm cannot be triggered.</li>
<li>.Click the Apply button to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>After all the settings finished, click the button <strong>Apply </strong>to activate all the settings.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark131"></a> .3.3.2.6 Object Missing</li>
</ol>
<p>Object Missing function detect articles that missing in a certain pre-defined virtual region, and some certain actions can be taken when the alarm is triggered.</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Setting -&gt; Alarm -&gt; Intelligent detection -&gt; Object Missing &#8220;into the graphical interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="705" height="530" class="wp-image-635" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-73.jpeg" alt="word image 562 73" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 313" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-73.jpeg 705w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-73-300x226.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 705px) 100vw, 705px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-45 Object Missing</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Channel: </strong>Select the channel.</li>
<li><strong>Enable: </strong>Intrusion detection enabled switch.</li>
<li><strong>Schedule: </strong>Set the time slot to detect intrusion. You can take the setting of chapter 4.3.3.1 motion detection for reference.</li>
<li><strong>Interval: </strong>Set the time interval of each intrusion detection triggered.</li>
<li><strong>Trigger process: </strong>Set the handling action of intrusion detection; please take the setting of chapter 4.3.3.1 motion detection for reference.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can add virtual area to the surveillance area like following steps:</p>
<ol>
<li>.Choose the area number, the maximum number of the area is 4.</li>
<li>.Adjust the sensitivity. Range from 1-100. The higher the value is, the more easily the detection alarm can be triggered.</li>
<li>.Set detect time threshold. For example, if you set the time threshold is 5 seconds and someone intrude your area about 3 seconds alarm cannot be triggered.</li>
<li>.Click the Apply button to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>After all the settings finished, click the button <strong>Apply </strong>to activate all the settings.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark133"></a> .3.3.2.6 Face Detection</li>
</ol>
<p>Face detection function detect peoples’ faces in a certain pre-defined virtual region, and some certain actions can be taken when the alarm is triggered.</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Setting -&gt; Alarm -&gt; Intelligent detection -&gt; Face Detection &#8220;into the graphical interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="674" height="505" class="wp-image-636" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-74.jpeg" alt="word image 562 74" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 314" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-74.jpeg 674w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-74-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 674px) 100vw, 674px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-46 Face Detection</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Channel: </strong>Select the channel.</li>
<li><strong>Enable: </strong>Face Detection enabled switch.</li>
<li><strong>Schedule: </strong>Set the time slot to detect intrusion. You can take the setting of chapter 4.3.3.1 motion detection for reference.</li>
<li><strong>Interval: </strong>Set the time interval of Face Detection triggered.</li>
<li><strong>Action: </strong>Set the handling action of intrusion detection; please take the setting of</li>
</ul>
<p>chapter 4.3.3.1 motion detection for reference.</p>
<p>You can add virtual area to the surveillance area like following steps:</p>
<ol>
<li>Choose the area number, the maximum number of the area is 4.</li>
<li>Adjust the sensitivity. Range from 1-100. The higher the value is, the more easily the detection alarm can be triggered.</li>
<li>Click the Apply button to save the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p>After all the settings finished, click the button <strong>Apply </strong>to activate all the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark135"></a> 4.3.3.4 Masking</p>
<p>Detect video masked on a channel and take alarm response actions.</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Settings -&gt; Alarm -&gt;Masking&#8221; into the graphical interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="704" height="431" class="wp-image-637" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-75.jpeg" alt="word image 562 75" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 315" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-75.jpeg 704w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-75-300x184.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 704px) 100vw, 704px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-47 Masking</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Channel: </strong>Select the channel.</li>
<li><strong>Enable: </strong>Video masking enabled switch.</li>
<li><strong>Schedule: </strong>Set the time slot to detect video masking. You can take the setting of chapter 4.3.3.1 motion detection for reference.</li>
<li><strong>Trigger process: </strong>Set the handling action of masking detection; please take the setting of chapter 4.3.3.1 motion detection for reference.</li>
</ul>
<p>After all the settings finished, click the button <strong>Apply </strong>to activate all the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark137"></a> 4.3.3.5 Video Lost</p>
<p>Detect video loss of a channel and take alarm response actions.</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Settings -&gt; Alarm -&gt; video lost &#8220;into the graphical interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="786" height="443" class="wp-image-638" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-76.jpeg" alt="word image 562 76" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 316" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-76.jpeg 786w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-76-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-76-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 786px) 100vw, 786px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-48 Video Loss</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Channel: </strong>Select the channel.</li>
<li><strong>Enable: </strong>Video loss enabled switch.</li>
<li><strong>Schedule: </strong>Set time slot to detect video loss.</li>
<li><strong>Trigger process: </strong>Set the handling action of video loss detection; please take the setting of chapter 4.3.3.1 motion detection for reference.</li>
</ul>
<p>After all the settings finished, click the button <strong>Apply </strong>to activate all the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark139"></a> Port</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Set the handling action of external sensor alarms, including alarm input and alarm output.</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Settings -&gt; Alarm -&gt;Port &#8220;into the graphic interface</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="737" height="415" class="wp-image-639" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-77.jpeg" alt="word image 562 77" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 317" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-77.jpeg 737w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-77-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 737px) 100vw, 737px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-49 Port</strong></p>
<p>Alarm input device is a kind of device which can detect the surveillance area by some sensors such as infrared sensor or temperature sensor, and when the environment is been changed, the sensor will detect information and alter the status.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Name: </strong>Set the name of the Alarm input device.</li>
<li><strong>Type: </strong>Normal Open/Normal Close. It means the system support those external sensor alarms which have two statuses: Open and Close. When the status switches from Open -&gt; Close, or from Close-&gt;Open, alarm will be triggered.</li>
<li><strong>Enable: </strong>Alarm in enabled switch.</li>
<li><strong>Schedule: </strong>Set time slot to detect video loss.</li>
<li><strong>Interval: </strong>Set the time interval of each Alarm in triggered.</li>
<li><strong>Trigger process: </strong>Set the handling action of alarm in detection; please take the setting of chapter 4.3.3.1 motion detection for reference.</li>
</ul>
<p>Alarm output device is a kind of device which can output warning signal such as sound or light, to remind the user that there&#8217;s alarm are triggered.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Name: </strong>Set the name of the Alarm output device.</li>
<li><strong>Type: </strong>Three types: Schedule/Manual/Stop. Schedule means the alarm output device will be activated when the NVR detects the alarm. Manual means the alarm output device will be activated after choosing the Manual and press the button Apply. Stop means the alarm output device is not on-guard.</li>
</ul>
<p>After all the settings finished, click the button <strong>Apply </strong>to activate all the settings. You can also click <strong>Copy to </strong>to copy the setting to another port shown as Figure 4-47.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="512" height="228" class="wp-image-640" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-78.jpeg" alt="word image 562 78" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 318" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-78.jpeg 512w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-78-300x134.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 512px) 100vw, 512px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-50 Copy to</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark141"></a> Abnormality</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Exception settings refer to the handling action of various exceptions, including No writable disk, Disk error, Disk no space, Network Disconnection, IP Conflicted.</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Settings -&gt; Alarm-&gt; Exception &#8220;into the graphical interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="716" height="537" class="wp-image-641" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-79.jpeg" alt="word image 562 79" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 319" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-79.jpeg 716w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-79-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 716px) 100vw, 716px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-51 Exception Alarm</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>No writable disk: </strong>If all HDD are set to only read, this exception will be triggered. It supports these methods to remind the user about the exception: Show Message, Buzzer, Send Email and Alarm Out.</li>
<li><strong>Disk Error: </strong>If writing HDD error or DHH is unformatted, this exception will be triggered. It supports these methods to remind the user about the exception: Show Message and Buzzer.</li>
<li><strong>Disk No Space: </strong>You can set minimum percentage of hard disk space. The handling actions of this exception are Show Message, Buzzer, Send Email and Alarm Out.</li>
<li><strong>Network Disconnection: </strong>If network is disconnected, this exception will be triggered. It supports these methods to remind the user about the exception: Show Message, Buzzer and Alarm out.</li>
<li><strong>IP Conflicted: </strong>Contain If IP conflict with other device at the same network, exception will be triggered. It supports these methods to remind the user about the exception: Show Message, Buzzer and Alarm out.</li>
<li><strong>S.M.A.R.T: </strong>This exception is about HDD health detection. It will be triggered when the HDD of device have some problems and not work under good condition. It supports these methods to remind the user about the exception: Show Message and Buzzer.</li>
</ul>
<p>After all the settings finished, click the button <strong>Apply </strong>to activate all the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark144"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark143"></a> 4.3.4 Record</p>
<p>In this chapter we can make the schedule for the record by configuring the related parameters, and before these operations, please make sure that the HDD has already been installed and formatted. If not, please install the HDD and initialize it. For detailed information, please refer to chapter: Maintain-&gt;HDD management.</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Setting -&gt;Record -&gt;Schedule&#8221; into the graphical interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="649" class="wp-image-642" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-80.jpeg" alt="word image 562 80" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 320" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-80.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-80-300x225.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-80-768x576.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-52 Record Plan Setting</strong></p>
<p>On this schedule setting screen, we can set the record schedule for specific channels.</p>
<p>• <strong>Channel: </strong>Select the channel to configure</p>
<p>• <strong>Sub stream: </strong>To record as both main stream and sub stream. &lt;Only some models support sub stream record&gt;</p>
<p>• <strong>Pre-Record: </strong>The time to be pre-record on the created videos. Range from 0-30 seconds. Maximum 30s pre-record can be supported for each channel.</p>
<p>• <strong>Redundancy: </strong>The record will be backed up in redundant HDD, if there is redundant HDD device installed in the system. Please check the chapter 4.4.3 for the details.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p>&gt; <em>If there are several channels to be set with pre-record function, the pre-record time will be less than 30 seconds (the maximum value), because pre-record function will consume the system resources and it will adjust the time length to support many channels at the same time.</em></p>
<p>You can click the button <strong>Edit </strong>to enter the edit screen and set the schedule of the record.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="614" height="419" class="wp-image-643" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-81.jpeg" alt="word image 562 81" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 321" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-81.jpeg 614w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-81-300x205.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 614px) 100vw, 614px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-53 Record Plan Edit</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Week Day: </strong>The day to set the schedule, from Sunday to Saturday.</li>
<li><strong>Schedule 1-6</strong>: The time slot for the record, you can set 6 time slots during one day.</li>
<li><strong>Norm.</strong>: The type of the record, record as normal video.</li>
<li><strong>MD: </strong>The type of the record, record as motion detection video.</li>
<li><strong>Alarm: </strong>The type of the record, record as alarm video.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can check the All to select all the week day and set the schedule at the same time, or check several of them. If Norm, MD and Alarm are checked at the same time, it will record as a priority like: Alarm &gt; MD &gt; Norm. That means if the three type of detection occurred at the same time, the type of the record will be set as Alarm video.</p>
<p>You can also edit the schedule on the configuration graph screen, as shown in <strong>Figure 4-42.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="734" height="336" class="wp-image-644" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-82.jpeg" alt="word image 562 82" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 322" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-82.jpeg 734w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-82-300x137.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 734px) 100vw, 734px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-54 Edit graph</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>By selecting the checkbox on the right we can edit the corresponding bar on the left. For example, if we check the MD, and edit the corresponding bar, we will be able to edit the yellow part of the bar.</li>
<li>By clicking the icon eraser^ J , we can clear the setting of the bar at once.</li>
</ol>
<p>After all the settings finished, click the button <strong>Apply </strong>to activate all the settings.</p>
<p>You can copy the current channel setting to other channels by clicking the button <strong>Copy To</strong>. As shown in <strong>Figure 4-43.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="577" height="237" class="wp-image-645" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-83.jpeg" alt="word image 562 83" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 323" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-83.jpeg 577w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-83-300x123.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-55 Copy To</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark118"></a> By clicking the button <strong>Default</strong>, you can reset all the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark146"></a> 4.3.5 Channel</p>
<p>In this chapter you can do channel management. You can set channel type and protocols for each HD camera channel; also you can add the IP Cameras into the corresponding channel. Set encode, adjust the parameters of the Cameras, and set the OSD menu, privacy masking and PTZ functions. Before adding the IP Cameras to HD DVR corresponding channels, please make sure that the IP Cameras and HD DVR are in the same network, and IP Cameras are in active status.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark148"></a> Channel type</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Setting -&gt; Channel -&gt;Channel type&#8221; into the graphical interface. Where you can set the channel type and set the protocol for each HD camera. Without click “OK” button to confirm it won’t work when you change the channel type.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark150"></a> Channel set</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Setting -&gt; Channel -&gt;Channel type-&gt;channel set&#8221;. You can set the camera type for</p>
<p>turn to□. And</p>
<p>each channel, shown as figure 4-44, when the channel is configured, thel I will the protocol for each channel can be detected automatically and be displayed in the channel interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="720" height="541" class="wp-image-646" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-84.jpeg" alt="word image 562 84" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 324" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-84.jpeg 720w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-84-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 720px) 100vw, 720px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-56 channel set</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark152"></a> Protocol set</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Setting -&gt; Channel -&gt;Channel type-&gt;protocol set&#8221;. You can set the protocol for each HD channel, shown as figure 4-45, the HD DVR support AHD, TVI, CVI, CVBS.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="721" height="541" class="wp-image-647" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-85.jpeg" alt="word image 562 85" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 325" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-85.jpeg 721w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-85-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 721px) 100vw, 721px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-57 protocol set</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p>&gt; <em>The HD DVR can detect AHD, TVI and CVI HD camera automatically.</em></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark154"></a> Smart channel</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="763" height="573" class="wp-image-648" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-86.jpeg" alt="word image 562 86" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 326" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-86.jpeg 763w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-86-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 763px) 100vw, 763px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-58 Smart channel</strong></p>
<p>Here user can enable the smart channel function in channel type. Then in intelligent detection, there are two smart function types: Line Crossing &amp; Area intrusion. User can enable them with any brand analog cameras and any video signal format. Please refer to Part 4.3.3 Alarm.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p>&gt; <em>When the setting of smart channel changed, the device will restart to take the settings into</em></p>
<p><em>effect.</em></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark156"></a> IP Channel</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Setting -&gt; Channel -&gt;IP channel&#8221; into the graphical interface. This page also shows the information of real-time network bandwidth usage.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="688" height="519" class="wp-image-649" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-87.jpeg" alt="word image 562 87" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 327" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-87.jpeg 688w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-87-300x226.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 688px) 100vw, 688px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-59 IP Channel Setting</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark158"></a> Device edit</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The list above shows the channel name for each channel, IP Address, connection protocols, connection status, and includes:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Delete: </strong>Delete the IPC highlighted. Also you can click the icon <strong>^3 </strong>to delete the IP</li>
</ul>
<p>camera.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Clear All: </strong>Clear all the connected IPCs.</li>
<li><strong>Encode: </strong>Settings for the connected IPC fast encode settings. As shown in figure 4-47.</li>
</ul>
<p>Encode For the details, please refer to chapter 4.3.5.3 Encode.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="591" height="393" class="wp-image-650" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-88.jpeg" alt="word image 562 88" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 328" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-88.jpeg 591w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-88-300x199.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-60 Encode Config</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Copy to: </strong>You can choose to copy some IPC Parameters to the remaining number of channels. As shown below<strong>.</strong></li>
</ul>
<p>Copy To</p>
<p><strong>All</strong></p>
<p>User Name Password Type</p>
<p><strong>Device Address Protocol</strong></p>
<p>Port Time sync</p>
<p>All</p>
<p>2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12<br />
13 14 15 16</p>
<p>Exit</p>
<p>OK</p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-61 Copy To</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Edit: </strong>Click the iconu , and enter the screen of Edit. Select channel, enter the user</li>
</ul>
<p>name and password of the IP Camera, select the time sync type, connection protocol type, modify or add IP address, port number. As shown in <strong>figure 4-49.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="526" height="435" class="wp-image-651" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-89.jpeg" alt="word image 562 89" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 329" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-89.jpeg 526w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-89-300x248.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 526px) 100vw, 526px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-62 IPC Edit</strong></p>
<p><strong>Preview: </strong>Click the iconL3, and you can see a preview of the connected channel IPC.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Upgrade: </strong>Click the icon □, and upgrade IPC connected. As shown in <strong>figure 4-50.</strong></li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="670" height="404" class="wp-image-652" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-90.jpeg" alt="word image 562 90" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 330" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-90.jpeg 670w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-90-300x181.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 670px) 100vw, 670px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-63 IPC upgrade</strong></p>
<p>After all the settings finished, click the button <strong>Apply </strong>to activate all the settings.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark160"></a> IPC Searching</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>This list shows the device name, type of agreement, IP Address, port number and access networks of all IP cameras that have found in the same subnet.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Search: </strong>Scope search contains private agreements, ONVIF Protocol search and comprehensive search of both types of agreements. Click to search all of the devices under the same network segment. You can click the protocol drop box and select the corresponding protocol. Please refer to the Figure 4-51.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="335" class="wp-image-653" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-91.jpeg" alt="word image 562 91" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 331" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-91.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-91-300x116.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-91-768x297.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-64 IPC Search</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Add: </strong>Device is selected click on the muscle can increase to the Edit bar and automatic connection.</li>
<li><strong>Quick Set: </strong>Click the button to add all IPCs to the digital channels automatically according to the found IP cameras list.</li>
<li><strong>Automatic IP: </strong>This operation will automatically allocate your network IPC(QVUII) IP address.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p>&gt; <em>We highly recommend you create a strong password of your own choosing in order to enhance the security of the IP Camera. And we suggest that you change your password regularly. Reset your password monthly or weekly can improve the security level of the system and protect the information security.</em></p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark162"></a> 4.3.5.3 Encode</p>
<p>By configuring the encode parameters you can define the parameters which affect the image quality, such as the Compression type, Resolution, Frame Rate, Bit Rate Type, Quality, etc. The HD DVR support Dual Stream Encode, we can set the main stream encode and sub stream encode on this screen.</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Setting -&gt; Channel -&gt; Encode&#8221; into the graphical interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="749" height="562" class="wp-image-654" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-92.jpeg" alt="word image 562 92" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 332" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-92.jpeg 749w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-92-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 749px) 100vw, 749px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-65 Encode</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>Channel: </strong>Select the channel to configure.</p>
<p>• <strong>Stream Type: </strong>MainStream/SubStream/EventStream</p>
<p>• <strong>Compression: </strong>This is the compression protocol for encoding.</p>
<p>• <strong>Complexity level: </strong>Base Line/Main Profile/High Profile</p>
<p>• <strong>Resolution: </strong>The resolution of the encoding record.</p>
<p>• <strong>Frame Rate(FPS): </strong>The number of frames per second in the encoding video.</p>
<p>• <strong>Bit Rate Type: </strong>CBR/VBR.</p>
<p>• <strong>Image Quality: </strong>Lowest/Low/Standard/Good/Better/Best</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Bit Rate(Kb/s): </strong>Value of the Bandwidth</li>
<li><strong>IFrame Gop: </strong>I-frame setting, range from 10-100</li>
<li><strong>Video/Audio: </strong>To encode the Video and Audio in the record files. The video in mainstream is always enabled.</li>
<li><strong>H.264+: </strong>Enable smart encode technology, all the record file can reduce the HDD space</li>
</ul>
<p>maximum 80%-90% in static view.</p>
<p>After all the setting finished, click the button <strong>Apply </strong>to activate the configuration.</p>
<p>You can copy the configuration of selected channels to the one which you would like to apply the same configuration. By clicking <strong>Copy To </strong>button, select the channels and save the setting. Please refer to Figure 4-53 Copy To.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="577" height="237" class="wp-image-655" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-93.jpeg" alt="word image 562 93" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 333" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-93.jpeg 577w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-93-300x123.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-66 Copy To</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark164"></a> 4.3.5.4 Color Setting</p>
<p>HD cameras and IP Cameras support image adjustment such as Brightness, Contrast, Saturation, Hue and Sharpness. Some high-end IP Cameras support advanced Settings such as Day/Night setting, Exposure, NR, WDR, Defog, etc. In this chapter you can configure the IP Camera to improve the image and make a better view experience.</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Settings -&gt; Channel -&gt;Color &#8220;into the graphical interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-656" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-94.jpeg" alt="word image 562 94" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 334" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-94.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-94-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-94-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-67 Channel Color Setting</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>Channel: </strong>Select the channel to configure.</p>
<p>• <strong>Image Mode: </strong>The image mode for specific period of the configuration, there are Auto/Manual for options. Auto mode keeps the image settings for 24h, and Manual mode supports 2 period settings (Day period &amp; Night period). You can set independent image settings for different period.</p>
<p>• <strong>Start-End</strong>: Set the image mode as Manual, then enter the starting time and ending time for Day period or Night period</p>
<p>You can adjust the IP Camera parameters on this screen, if the IP Camera compatible with the HD DVR.</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Functions</strong></td>
<td><strong>Parameters</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Image Adjust</td>
<td>Brightnes/Contrast/Saturation/Hue/Sharpness</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Exposure</td>
<td>Auto: Set exposure time automatically</p>
<p>Manual: Set exposure time by selecting exact value</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Backlight</td>
<td>Close/DWDR/WDR</p>
<p>Close: function disable</p>
<p>Limit: 0-100</p>
<p>Back Light Comp: when WDR disabled, BLC function can be activated</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>White balance</td>
<td>Auto/Manual</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Day/Night</td>
<td>Auto/Color On/Color Off</p>
<p>Switch Type: IR Synchronous Switch Filter Time: from 0-120 seconds Smart IR:Close/manual/auto</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Adjust</td>
<td>Close: function disable</p>
<p>Up down/Left right/Center: adjust the image by reversing</p>
<p>Rotate: Off/90° /180° /270°</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Enhancement</td>
<td>NRLevel:0-6</p>
<p>Defog:</p>
<p>Close: function disable</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Auto: defog automatically</p>
<p>Manual: adjust the effect manually 0-100</p>
<p>Smart Light:</p>
<p>Close: function disable</p>
<p>Auto: the light will be trigged by smart analyze function when linked, 0-100</p>
<p>Manual: the light will be turned on manually, 0-100</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 4-4 IP Camera advanced setting</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark166"></a> 4.3.5.5 OSD</p>
<p>You can configure the OSD (On-screen Display) settings for the camera, including Channel Name, Date/Time format, Record status, Alarm status, etc.</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Setting -&gt; Channel -&gt;OSD &#8220;Into the graphical interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="489" class="wp-image-657" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-95.jpeg" alt="word image 562 95" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 335" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-95.jpeg 867w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-95-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-95-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-68 OSD Setting</strong></p>
<p>There are two parts for the setting: Channel Set and General Set. For Channel Set, you can configure the following items:</p>
<p>• <strong>Channel: </strong>Select the channel to configure.</p>
<p>• <strong>Channel Name: </strong>The name of the channel to be set.</p>
<p>• <strong>Show Name, Show Time: </strong>Enable the information of channel name and time on the screen.</p>
<p>• <strong>Date Format, Time Format: </strong>Set the format of the date and time.</p>
<p>For the General Set you can configure the following items:</p>
<p>• <strong>Time Title, Channel Title: </strong>Enable/disable the display of the time tile and channel title on the monitor screen.</p>
<p>• <strong>Record Status, Alarm Status: </strong>Enable/disable the display of the record status and alarm status on the screen.</p>
<p>After all the setting finished, click the button <strong>Apply </strong>to activate the configuration.</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark168"></a> 4.3.5.6 Cover</p>
<p>You are allowed to configure the four-sided privacy mask zones that cannot be viewed by the operator. The privacy mask can prevent certain surveillance areas to be viewed or recorded.</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Settings -&gt; Channel -&gt;Cover &#8220;Into the graphical interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="869" height="487" class="wp-image-658" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-96.jpeg" alt="word image 562 96" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 336" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-96.jpeg 869w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-96-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-96-768x430.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 869px) 100vw, 869px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-69 Channel Cover Setting</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Channel: </strong>Select the channel to configure.</li>
<li><strong>Enable: </strong>Check the box to enable the feature.</li>
</ul>
<p>Use the mouse to draw a zone on the window. The zones will be marked with different frame colors. Up to 4 privacy masks zones can be configured and the size of each area can be adjusted. The configured privacy mask zones on the window can be cleared by clicking the corresponding Clear Region button with different colors on the bottom side of the preview window, or click <strong>Clear All Region </strong>to clear all regions. Please refer to <strong>Figure 4-57.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="552" height="407" class="wp-image-659" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-97.jpeg" alt="word image 562 97" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 337" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-97.jpeg 552w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-97-300x221.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 552px) 100vw, 552px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-70 Draw mask zone</strong></p>
<p>After all the setting finished, click the button <strong>Apply </strong>to activate the configuration.</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark170"></a> 4.3.5.7 PTZ</p>
<p>This chapter is to show you how to set the actions which you want the PTZ Camera to respond when corresponding alarm occurred. Please make sure that the presets, patrols and patterns should be supported by PTZ protocols.</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Setting -&gt; Channel -&gt;PTZ &#8220;Into the graphical interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="781" height="506" class="wp-image-660" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-98.jpeg" alt="word image 562 98" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 338" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-98.jpeg 781w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-98-300x194.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-98-768x498.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 781px) 100vw, 781px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-71 PTZ Setting</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>Preset: </strong>This feature enables the camera to point to a specified position such as a</p>
<p>window when an event takes place. You can set up to 255 preset points. You can go to</p>
<p>preset by UTC control in PTZ.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-661" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-99.jpeg" alt="word image 562 99" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 339" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-99.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-99-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-99-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>• <strong>Patrol: </strong>Patrols can be set to move the PTZ to different key points and have it stay there</p>
<p>for a set duration before moving on to the next key point. The key points are corresponding to the presets. You can set up 4 cruise lines, each cruise line includes preset points and the time stayed in the preset point and cruising speed. Please refer to <strong>Figure 4-72.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="553" height="280" class="wp-image-662" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-100.jpeg" alt="word image 562 100" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 340" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-100.jpeg 553w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-100-300x152.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 553px) 100vw, 553px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-72 Patrol Setting</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Pattern: </strong>Patterns can be set by recording the movement of the PTZ. You can call the pattern to make the PTZ movement according to the predefined path.</li>
<li><strong>Border: </strong>Linear boundaries Including Left and right boundaries.</li>
<li><strong>Speed: </strong>Set the speed of the PTZ movement.</li>
</ul>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Items</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Direction button and the auto-cycle button</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>(t^ Zoom</strong></td>
<td>Zoom+, Zoom-</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>[+] Focus</strong></td>
<td>Focus+, Focus-</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>O Iris O</strong></td>
<td>Iris+, Iris-</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong><sup>r r</sup> &#8216;</strong></td>
<td>The speed of the PTZ movement</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 4-5 Description of PTZ Control Icons</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark173"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark172"></a> 4.4 Maintain</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Items</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td><strong>[ I</strong></td>
<td>System</td>
<td>Check the version of the device, upgrade device, check</p>
<p>channels/record/alarm status and PoE power info, manage online users</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">Network</td>
<td>Check base settings of network, and network transmission info of LAN port</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">HDD</td>
<td>Manage the base and advanced settings of HDD, and check HDD self-test results</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="3">El r</p>
<p>■OBConfig</td>
<td>Backup parameters of device, and restore defaults</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>-rt-r</td>
<td>Log</td>
<td>Search the operations log of device</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 4-6 Control Panel description</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark176"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark175"></a> 4.4.1 System</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark178"></a> 4.4.1.1 Version</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Maintain &#8211;&gt; System -&gt; Version” into the graphical interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="592" height="450" class="wp-image-663" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-101.jpeg" alt="word image 562 101" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 341" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-101.jpeg 592w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-101-300x228.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 592px) 100vw, 592px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-73 Version of Software</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Analog channel: </strong>The number of HD camera channels by default.</li>
<li><strong>IP channel: </strong>The number of IP camera channels by default.</li>
<li><strong>Audio channel: </strong>The number of Audio input channels.</li>
<li><strong>Version: </strong>A version tag.</li>
<li><strong>Release date: </strong>The release date of the Firmware.</li>
<li><strong>MAC: </strong>The Mac address of HD DVR.</li>
<li><strong>Update firmware version: </strong>Make sure network connection is good. You can manually check if there is new version FW in cloud server by just check “Version” page in GUI. If we update our FWs, you will be remind like below way. By click OK confirm, device will download the new FW and upgrade by itself automatically.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="669" height="504" class="wp-image-664" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-102.jpeg" alt="word image 562 102" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 342" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-102.jpeg 669w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-102-300x226.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 669px) 100vw, 669px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-74 Cloud Upgrade Check</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark180"></a> 4.4.1.2 Upgrade</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Maintain &#8211;&gt; System -&gt;Upgrade&#8221; into the graphical interface. On this page you can upgrade your device by use USB flash disk.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="649" class="wp-image-665" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-103.jpeg" alt="word image 562 103" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 343" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-103.jpeg 866w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-103-300x225.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-103-768x576.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-75 Upgrades HD DVR</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Detect: </strong>Manually detect the USB flash disk on this device.</li>
<li><strong>Upgrade: </strong>Select the correct file and click the “upgrade” button to upgrade the device, then click “ok” button to reboot the device after upgrade successfully.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p>&gt; <em>You will be asked to format HDD in order to enjoy new version FW which support many smart functions.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="632" height="384" class="wp-image-666" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-104.jpeg" alt="word image 562 104" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 344" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-104.jpeg 632w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-104-300x182.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 632px) 100vw, 632px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-76 Format HDD</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark182"></a> Channel Status</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Maintain &#8211;&gt; System -&gt; Channel Status&#8221; into the graphical interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="813" height="482" class="wp-image-667" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-105.jpeg" alt="word image 562 105" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 345" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-105.jpeg 813w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-105-300x178.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-105-768x455.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 813px) 100vw, 813px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-77 Channel Status</strong></p>
<p>On this page you can check all the HD and IP channel status and the status of alarm occur include motion detect, video mask and video lost.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark184"></a> Record Status</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Maintain &#8211;&gt; System -&gt; Record Status&#8221; into the graphical interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="826" height="487" class="wp-image-668" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-106.jpeg" alt="word image 562 106" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 346" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-106.jpeg 826w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-106-300x177.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-106-768x453.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 826px) 100vw, 826px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-78 Channel Record Status</strong></p>
<p>On this page you can check all the channels record status, open or stop; stream type, frame/bite rate of channels stream; main/sub resolution of each channel; and whether open the redundancy function or not.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark186"></a> Alarm Status</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Maintain &#8211;&gt; System -&gt; Alarm Status&#8221; into the graphical interface.</p>
<p>Alarm status</p>
<p>Online User</p>
<p>( ] System Info</p>
<p><strong>■QSS2E2EESM WdJi&#8217;.ii.iJ.w.hiiMM</strong></p>
<p>40 Log Time</p>
<p>Disk</p>
<p>8</p>
<p>9</p>
<p>10</p>
<p>12</p>
<p>13</p>
<p>14</p>
<p>15</p>
<p>16</p>
<p>18</p>
<p>19</p>
<p>20</p>
<p>17-12-08 16:09:24</p>
<p>17-12-08 16:08:23</p>
<p>17-12-08 16:07:43</p>
<p>17-12-08 16:07:43</p>
<p>17-12-08 16:07:33</p>
<p>17-12-08 16:07:33</p>
<p>17-12-08 16:07:29</p>
<p>17-12-08 16:06:56</p>
<p>17-12-08 16:06:47</p>
<p>17-12-08 16:06:40</p>
<p>17-12-08 16:06:29</p>
<p>17-12-08 16:06:25</p>
<p>17-12-08 16:06:15</p>
<p>17-12-08 16:06:12</p>
<p>17-12-08 16:05:38</p>
<p>17-12-08 15:55:36</p>
<p>17-12-08 15:55:19</p>
<p>17-12-08 15:55:18</p>
<p>17-12-08 15:55:15</p>
<p>17-12-08 15:50:41</p>
<p>Event</p>
<p>Motion detect:1</p>
<p>Area Intrusion Alarm: 1(1)</p>
<p>Motion detect:1</p>
<p>Line Crossing Alarm:1(1)</p>
<p>Motion detect:1</p>
<p>Area Intrusion Alarm:1(1) Motion detect:1</p>
<p>Area Intrusion Alarm:1(1)</p>
<p>Area Intrusion Alarm:1(1)</p>
<p>Area Intrusion Alarm:1(1)</p>
<p>Area Intrusion Alarm:1(1)</p>
<p>Area Intrusion Alarm:1(1)</p>
<p>Area Intrusion Alarm:1(1)</p>
<p>Area Intrusion Alarm:1(1)</p>
<p>Area Intrusion Alarm:1(1)</p>
<p>Area Intrusion Alarm: 1(1)</p>
<p>Area Intrusion Alarm:1(1)</p>
<p>Area Intrusion Alarm:1(1)</p>
<p>Area Intrusion Alarm:1(1)</p>
<p>Area Intrusion Alarm:1(1)</p>
<p><strong>00000000000</strong></p>
<p>Playback</p>
<p>Set</p>
<p>Maintain</p>
<p>Backup</p>
<p>Shutdown</p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-79 Alarm Status</strong></p>
<p>On this page you can check all the alarm status according to <strong>Input/Output </strong>or <strong>Alarm</strong>. Detailed information can be displayed and provide fast locate alarm video.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark188"></a> Online Users</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Maintain &#8211;&gt; System -&gt; Online Users&#8221; into the graphical interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="861" height="483" class="wp-image-669" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-107.jpeg" alt="word image 562 107" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 347" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-107.jpeg 861w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-107-300x168.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-107-768x431.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 861px) 100vw, 861px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-80 Online Users</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>User Name: </strong>Remote device login this HD DVR device account.</li>
<li><strong>IP: </strong>User remote access devices IP Address.</li>
<li><strong>Login Type: </strong>Remote connection type.</li>
<li><strong>Disconnect: </strong>Disconnect the connected user, and disconnected users will reconnect</li>
</ul>
<p>automatically in a while.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Block: </strong>Shielding the connected user in a time that you set, and remote user will reconnect in that time, the maximum value is 65535 seconds.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark191"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark190"></a> 4.4.2 Network</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark193"></a> 4.4.2.1 Base</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Maintain &#8211;&gt; Network -&gt; Base&#8221; into the graphical interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="801" height="515" class="wp-image-670" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-108.jpeg" alt="word image 562 108" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 348" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-108.jpeg 801w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-108-300x193.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-108-768x494.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 801px) 100vw, 801px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-81 Interface of Check Base Network</strong></p>
<p>This page shows device network parameters, and DHCP enable status.</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark195"></a> 4.4.2.2 Flow</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Maintain &#8211;&gt; Network -&gt;Flow&#8221; into the graphical interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="801" height="487" class="wp-image-671" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-109.jpeg" alt="word image 562 109" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 349" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-109.jpeg 801w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-109-300x182.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-109-768x467.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 801px) 100vw, 801px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-82 Flow of Network</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Receive: </strong>Shows the bit rate that HD DVR device received in real-time.</li>
<li><strong>Transmit: </strong>Shows the bit rate that HD DVR device transmit in real-time.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark198"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark197"></a> 4.4.3 HDD</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark200"></a> 4.4.3.1 Base</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Maintain &#8211;&gt; HDD -&gt; Base&#8221; into the graphical interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-672" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-110.jpeg" alt="word image 562 110" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 350" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-110.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-110-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-110-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-83 Base Setting of HDD</strong></p>
<p>This page displays your device is plugged into the hard disk status, hard drive serial number, name, attributes, the type of hard drive, the total capacity / Remaining capacity, as well as belonging to a group, edit button and uninstall / Loaded button.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>HDD: </strong>Shows HDD serial number, &#8220;[1]sda&#8221; or&#8221;[2]sdb&#8221;.</li>
<li><strong>Status: </strong>Shows the state of HDD, &#8220;Unformatted&#8221; or &#8220;normal&#8221; or &#8220;no disk&#8221;.</li>
<li><strong>ATTR: </strong>HDD have Three types of ATTR, “Read/Write”, ”Read only”, “Redundant”.</li>
<li><strong>Type: </strong>Shows HDD connection type.</li>
<li><strong>Total: </strong>Size of the HDD total capacity.</li>
<li><strong>Free: </strong>Shows HDD remaining capacity size.</li>
<li><strong>Group: </strong>Shows which group the HDD belonged.</li>
<li><strong>Uninstall: </strong>Uninstall HDD.</li>
<li><strong>Add: </strong>Add the HDD from uninstall state.</li>
<li><strong>Format: </strong>Format the HDD manually.</li>
<li><strong>HDD: </strong>You can set the full strategy of hard disk, &#8220;stop&#8221; or &#8220;overwrite&#8221;.</li>
<li><strong>Auto-Delete Old Files: </strong>Support two mode of strategy, “never” and “Custom”. In the “Custom” mode you can set auto-delete time from 1-30 days before.</li>
<li><strong>Sleep: </strong>Open this function, your HDD will smart sleep when it not be used.</li>
<li><strong>Apply: </strong>Make sure all the operations effect.</li>
</ul>
<p>Click HDD the set button, interface shows as below.</p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-84 Edit of HDD</strong></p>
<p>On this page you can set HDD parameters, including ATTR and Group. <strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p>&gt; <em>Every HDD only can be set to one group in the same time.</em></p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark202"></a> 4.4.3.2 Advanced</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Maintain &#8211;&gt; HDD -&gt; Advanced&#8221; into the graphical interface.</p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-85 Advanced Setting of HDD</strong></p>
<p>This page you can switch the hard disk&#8217;s storage mode, including the &#8220;group&#8221;, &#8220;quotas (Capacity)&#8221;, and “Quota (Time)”. Change the storage mode requires that you restart the HD DVR device.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-673" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-111.jpeg" alt="word image 562 111" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 351" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-111.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-111-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-111-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="486" class="wp-image-674" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-112.jpeg" alt="word image 562 112" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 352" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-112.jpeg 864w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-112-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-112-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></p>
<p>i. <strong>Group: </strong>You can set 16 groups under group mode, and each channel is independent of</p>
<p>each group. If the channel do not belong to any group, none video file will saved, and if the channel belong to more than one group, the channel will used the space of these group one by one until all the group are full.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p>&gt; <em>Apply a new storage mode need restart the HD DVR device.</em></p>
<p>ii. <strong>Quota (Capacity): </strong>The quota of capacity mode support set disk space for every channel</p>
<p>manually.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-675" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-113.jpeg" alt="word image 562 113" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 353" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-113.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-113-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-113-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-86 Quota of Capacity Mode</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>Record used: </strong>Shows the video files space that the channel you chosen has used in real-time.</p>
<p>• <strong>Picture used: </strong>Shows the pictures space that the channel you chose have used in real-time.</p>
<p>• <strong>Volumes: </strong>Total capacity of all hard drives.</p>
<p>• <strong>Record Quota: </strong>You can manually set the quota size of channel video.</p>
<p>• <strong>Picture quota: </strong>You can manually set the quota size of channel picture.</p>
<p>• <strong>Free volumes: </strong>Shows the free space minus the space you have set on other channels.</p>
<p>iii. <strong>Quota (Time): </strong>The quota of time mode supports set time for every channel manually.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-676" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-114.jpeg" alt="word image 562 114" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 354" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-114.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-114-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-114-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-87 Quota of Time Mode</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Record used: </strong>Shows the video files space that the channel you chose has used in</li>
</ul>
<p>real-time.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Volumes: </strong>Total capacity of all hard drives.</li>
<li><strong>Record Quota (Day): </strong>Set a time for a channel from 0-60 days, and the new video files</li>
</ul>
<p>will not cover the old files in the time period.</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark204"></a> 4.4.3.3 S.M.A.R.T</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="823" height="469" class="wp-image-677" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-115.jpeg" alt="word image 562 115" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 355" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-115.jpeg 823w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-115-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-115-768x438.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 823px) 100vw, 823px" /></p>
<p><strong>Attribute name</strong></p>
<p>Raw_Read_Error_Rate Spin_Up_Time</p>
<p>StartStopC ount</p>
<p>Reallocated_Sector_Ct Seek_Error_Rate Po wer_On_Hours Spin_R etry_C o unt</p>
<p>PowerCycleCount</p>
<p>End-to-End_Etror Reported_Uncorrect CommandTimeout</p>
<p>High_Fly_Writes</p>
<p>190 Airflow Temperature Cel</p>
<p><strong>Raw value 63075680</strong></p>
<p>Last test time 2016/04/13 15:45:50</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Maintain &#8211;&gt; HDD -&gt; S.M.A.R.T” into the graphical interface.</p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-88 Check HDD Status</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>NO.: </strong>Hard disk serial number.</li>
<li><strong>Status: </strong>Shows HDD self-test status and results.</li>
<li><strong>Last test time: </strong>The last time you test HDD.</li>
<li><strong>Temperature: </strong>Shows HDD temperature in real-time.</li>
<li><strong>Life time (hours): </strong>Shows how long the time have you used this HDD.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark206"></a> &gt; <em>We provide two type of self-test, brief and extended. Extended type will be taking a little</em></p>
<p><em>longer time than brief type. And you can stop while it’s been self-testing if you want.</em></p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark207"></a> 4.4.4 Config</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark209"></a> 4.4.4.1 Backup</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Maintain &#8211;&gt;Config -&gt;Backup&#8221; into the graphical interface.</p>
<p>On this page you can backup device parameters into USB flash disk.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-678" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-116.jpeg" alt="word image 562 116" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 356" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-116.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-116-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-116-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-89 Backup Setting Status</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Detect: </strong>Detect the USB device.</li>
<li><strong>Name (type): </strong>File name and file type, and the backup file is “.coi” type.</li>
<li><strong>ATTR: </strong>Shows the file type.</li>
<li><strong>Export: </strong>Export the parameters backup file into USB disk.</li>
<li><strong>Import: </strong>Choose the backup file and click import button, your device parameters will</li>
</ul>
<p>change into the new one.</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark211"></a> 4.4.4.2 Default</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Maintain &#8211;&gt;Config -&gt;Default &#8220;enter the graphic interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="750" height="562" class="wp-image-679" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-117.jpeg" alt="word image 562 117" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 357" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-117.jpeg 750w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-117-300x225.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 750px) 100vw, 750px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-90 Default</strong></p>
<p>On this page you can choose the function item, General/Channel Name/Record/Network/Motion Detect/PTZ/ Abnormality /Encode/Display/Channel type/IP channel/Image Setting, and after click execute button, the item what you chosen restore defaults. And you can also select the “select all” button, all the items will be selected. When the operation finish a hint will be displayed at the interface shown as figure 4-84. You can also click <strong>Restore factory settings </strong>button to restore all settings to factory.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="735" height="413" class="wp-image-680" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-118.jpeg" alt="word image 562 118" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 358" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-118.jpeg 735w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-118-300x169.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 735px) 100vw, 735px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-91 Restore default succeed hint</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p>&gt; <em>UVR will restart when you choose restore factory settings automatically.</em></p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark214"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark213"></a> 4.4.5 Log</p>
<p>Click on the &#8220;Maintain &#8211;&gt; Log &#8220;into the graphical interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-681" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-119.jpeg" alt="word image 562 119" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 359" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-119.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-119-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-119-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-92 Search System Log</strong></p>
<p>You can check device operation log on this page.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Type: </strong>Search type include “System”, “Config”, “Storage”, “Alarm”, “Record”, “Account”, ”Clear”, ”Playback”.</li>
<li><strong>Start time/End time: </strong>Set the period of time you want to search.</li>
<li><strong>Search: </strong>After you set the time period and search type, click the search button, and device can save 4096 logs tops.</li>
<li><strong>Prev/Next: </strong>It can shows 1000 logs in one page, and you can check on more by click “Prev/Next” button.</li>
<li><strong>Clear: </strong>Delete all log information.</li>
<li><strong>Filter: </strong>On this page you can chose whether cover the log when it’s full, and decide which type operation log you want to save.</li>
<li><strong>Detect: </strong>Detect the USB device.</li>
<li><strong>Export: </strong>Export the operations log into the USB flash disk.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark217"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark216"></a> 4.5 Backup</p>
<p>Click the backup button, enter the backup interface.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Detect: </strong>Detect the USB flash disk device you have access to the HD DVR.</li>
<li><strong>Format: </strong>Format the USB device.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark220"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark219"></a> 4.5.1 General</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark222"></a> Video backup</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click on &#8220;Backup -&gt;General -&gt; Video&#8221; into the graphical interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="829" height="466" class="wp-image-682" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-120.jpeg" alt="word image 562 120" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 360" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-120.jpeg 829w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-120-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-120-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 829px) 100vw, 829px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-93 Backup General Video File</strong></p>
<p><strong>How to backup the record:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Chose the record channel;</li>
<li>Chose the video file type, including “All Record”, “Event Record”, “Timing Record”, “Manual Record” four types. And DAV/AVI two file formats.</li>
<li>Set the time period you want check, and click on the search button. And search results column shows on the middle area. On this area you should chose the serial number of the backup file you need.</li>
<li>Check on the “Require/Remain” bar, make sure the required space smaller than your USB device. And click start button to start backup.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p>&gt; <em>The file status marked red as search result shows is the file you locked in the playback interface. In case the file that you’re interesting covered by new files.</em></p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark224"></a> 4.5.1.2 Picture backup</p>
<p>Click on &#8220;Backup -&gt;General -&gt;Picture&#8221; into the graphical interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="781" height="535" class="wp-image-683" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-121.jpeg" alt="word image 562 121" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 361" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-121.jpeg 781w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-121-300x206.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-121-768x526.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 781px) 100vw, 781px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="600" height="128" class="wp-image-684" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-122.jpeg" alt="word image 562 122" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 362" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-122.jpeg 600w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-122-300x64.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 600px) 100vw, 600px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-94 Backup Pictures</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark226"></a> The operations of backup pictures is the same as videos, please refer to the previous part.</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark227"></a> 4.5.2 Event</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="796" height="450" class="wp-image-685" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-123.jpeg" alt="word image 562 123" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 363" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-123.jpeg 796w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-123-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-123-768x434.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 796px) 100vw, 796px" /></p>
<p>Click on &#8220;Backup -&gt; Event-&gt; Video &#8220;into the graphical interface.</p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-95 Backup Event Video File</strong></p>
<p>This page you can check the event video, and there are three event types, include “Alarm input”, “Motion detect”, ”IA Detect”. And “IA Detect” contains two sub types “Crossing detect” and “Area intrusion detect”.</p>
<ol>
<li>Set search time period, and channels you’re interesting.</li>
<li>Click on the button of search. And search results shows on the middle area. On this area you should chose the serial number of the backup file you need. And DAV/AVI two file formats.</li>
<li>Check on the “Require/Remain” bar, make sure the required space smaller than your USB device. And click start button to start backup.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark230"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark229"></a> 4.5.3 Smart Search</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="773" height="439" class="wp-image-686" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-124.jpeg" alt="word image 562 124" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 364" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-124.jpeg 773w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-124-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-124-768x436.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 773px) 100vw, 773px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-96 Smart Search</strong></p>
<p>In this GUI you can search all the face detection information for convenience backup. First you should select a channel or all the channels, second specify the start time and end time, then click search button, Face detection results can be shown as below;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="675" height="475" class="wp-image-687" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-125.jpeg" alt="word image 562 125" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 365" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-125.jpeg 675w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-125-300x211.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 675px) 100vw, 675px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-97 Face Detection search result</strong></p>
<p>Then you can select the video section or picture you want to backup them to your flash disk by USB.</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark233"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark232"></a> 4.6 Playback</p>
<p>Right click and select the “Record Playback” to enter the playback interface and you can also click on the playback button in the main menu to enter the playback interface, as shown in the <strong>figure-76.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="482" class="wp-image-688" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-126.jpeg" alt="word image 562 126" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 366" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-126.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-126-300x167.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-126-768x428.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-98 Main Interface of Playback</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Items</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Playback Type</td>
<td>HD DVR support four types playback mode “Normal Play”, “Event Play”, “Label Play”, “Time Division Play”, “Normal Play (Picture)”</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Display</td>
<td>The windows display videos</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Channels</td>
<td>You can select the channels for playback in this area</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>Date</td>
<td>Shows the date that have video files and marked blue</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>Time of File</td>
<td>Shows the start time and the end time of files in HDD</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6</td>
<td>Time Line</td>
<td>Shows files playing course in this area.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 4-7 Area Functions Introduce of Playback</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p>&gt; <em>The second line shows all the files of the channels you selected. And the first line shows the files of the channel you chose by mouse on the display area. And event files marked red, normal files marked blue.</em></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td colspan="3"><strong>Key title</strong></td>
<td><strong>Key function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td></td>
<td>* * r *</td>
<td></td>
<td>Full screen playback the channels</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td></td>
<td>Close the playback interface back to preview interface</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><em>3</em></td>
<td colspan="4">S3/EZ3</td>
<td>Change time line interval</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><em>4</em></td>
<td colspan="4"><strong>KU</strong></td>
<td>Switch of playback channel audio</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td colspan="4"><strong>E/E3</strong></td>
<td>Cut the interest video of playing channel</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6</td>
<td colspan="4"></td>
<td>Snap a picture of playing channel</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7</td>
<td colspan="4"><strong>EJ</strong></td>
<td>Lock the file in case over written in HDD</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>8</td>
<td colspan="4"><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>Default label, Label the file</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>9</td>
<td colspan="4"><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>File manager, Mange the cut file/locked file/labeled file</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>10</td>
<td colspan="4"><strong>El</strong></td>
<td>Zoom, Zoom the playing channel</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>11</td>
<td colspan="4"><strong>^3/H</strong></td>
<td>Sync/Async, Switch button of playback mode</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>12</td>
<td colspan="2"><strong>El</strong></td>
<td>■h</td>
<td></td>
<td>Main/Sub Stream, Switch button of stream type</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>13</td>
<td colspan="4"><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>Start/Pause, Control button of start/pause playback</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>14</td>
<td colspan="4"><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>Backward Playback/Pause, Control button of backward playback</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>15</td>
<td colspan="4"><strong>□</strong></td>
<td>Stop Playing, Control button of stop playback</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>16</td>
<td colspan="4"><strong>d/Q|</strong></td>
<td>Frame Control, Control step frame and backward frame</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>17</td>
<td></td>
<td>!►</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>Slow playback, slow down play speed of playing channels</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>18</td>
<td></td>
<td>T</td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td>Speed up, speed up playing channels</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">19</td>
<td></td>
<td>H 3DS</td>
<td>1 <sup>H</sup></p>
<p>30S</td>
<td></td>
<td rowspan="2">Forward/Backward 30 sec, forward/backward 30sec playing channel</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td colspan="2"></td>
<td></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>20</td>
<td colspan="4"></td>
<td>Normal record, file color marked the file type, green means normal</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>21</td>
<td colspan="4"></td>
<td>Event record, event record marked red</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 4-8 Buttons of Playback Interface</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p>&gt; <em>The HD DVR device supports five types of playback.</em></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark236"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark235"></a> Normal play</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The default playback mode is “Normal playback”. And when you select the channels the date will turn into blue on the date area that means the channels you selected have files in that day. And you can select the date you want to playback on the date area.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="487" class="wp-image-689" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-127.jpeg" alt="word image 562 127" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 367" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-127.jpeg 866w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-127-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-127-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-99 Normal Playback Modes</strong></p>
<p>This HD DVR device support 16 channels playback. And 6 channels playback in real-time the other 10 channels playback in key frame.</p>
<p>All the operations of these buttons to control the playback, you can refer to the previous table. And the “Cut” button will cut all the files of the channels you’re playing, you can check the files you cut in the “File Manage”.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="611" class="wp-image-690" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-128.jpeg" alt="word image 562 128" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 368" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-128.jpeg 864w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-128-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-128-768x543.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-100 Clip files</strong></p>
<p>And you can backup the clip files in this interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="611" class="wp-image-691" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-129.jpeg" alt="word image 562 129" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 369" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-129.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-129-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-129-768x542.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-101 Backup the Clip files</strong></p>
<p>The “Lock Record” button will lock the file in case this file be covered by new file. You can check and backup the locked files in “File Manage”. And you can unlock the locked files in this interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="608" class="wp-image-692" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-130.jpeg" alt="word image 562 130" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 370" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-130.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-130-300x211.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-130-768x540.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-102 Lock Files</strong></p>
<p>Click the “Default Label” button will mark the video as a default label, you can edit the label and check in the “File Manage”.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="611" class="wp-image-693" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-131.jpeg" alt="word image 562 131" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 371" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-131.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-131-300x212.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-131-768x542.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-103 Label Manage</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark238"></a> The “Main/Sub stream” button can change the video stream into sub stream from main stream, the “Speed up” button can speed up 32 times the channel you selected and speed up 16 channels 2 times top.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark239"></a> Event play</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Select the “Event Play” enters the event playback mode.</p>
<ol>
<li>You need chose the event main type, including three event types “Alarm input”,</li>
</ol>
<p>“Motion detect” and “IA Detect”. And the main type of “IA Detect” including two sub types event “Crossing detect” and “Area intrusion detect”.</p>
<ol>
<li>Select the channels you want to search. Then set time period, and click search button. Search results as shown in the figure, “Source” means alarm channel and “Chan” means record channel of linkage operations, “Time” means when the alarm happened.</li>
<li>The next area shows all the alarm items and you can change the page to find the alarm item you want. And then you can set the play time period before/after of the alarm</li>
</ol>
<p>time.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-694" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-132.jpeg" alt="word image 562 132" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 372" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-132.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-132-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-132-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>Figure 4-104 Search Result of Event Playback</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Key Picture</strong></td>
<td><strong>Key Title</strong></td>
<td><strong>Key Function</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>1</strong></td>
<td>First</td>
<td>Quickly go to the first page of event search results.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Prev</td>
<td>Go to the previous page of event search results.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Next</td>
<td>Go to the next page of event search results.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>5T</strong></td>
<td>Last</td>
<td>Quickly go to the last page of event search results.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>L_^</td>
<td>Goto</td>
<td>Click jump to the page you entered into the entry bar.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 4-9 Buttons of Event Search Results</p>
<p>You can change the alarm types and channels by click the return button back to the last interface.</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark241"></a> As for the operations of these buttons you can refer to the previous table. But you can’t use the “Sync/Async”, “Main/Sub stream”, “Frame Control” button in event playback mode.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark242"></a> Label Play</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Select the “Label Play” enters the label playback mode.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-695" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-133.jpeg" alt="word image 562 133" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 373" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-133.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-133-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-133-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-105 Search Result of Label Playback</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the channels, and set the time period of search.</li>
<li>Click the search button, search results as shown in the figure.</li>
<li>“Label” means label’s name that you can edit in file manage and “Chan” means the channel you tagged, “Time” means the time that was playing when you tag.</li>
<li>The next area shows all the labels and you can change the page to find the label items you want. And then you can set the play time period before/after of the label time.</li>
<li>You can change the search channels by click the return button back to the last interface.</li>
<li>As for the operations of these buttons you can refer to the previous table. But you can’t use the “Sync/Async”, “Main/Sub stream”, “Frame Control” button in label playback mode.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p>&gt; <em>The operations of these buttons you can refer to the last part.</em></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark245"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark244"></a> Smart Play</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Select “Smart Play” enters this playback mode. In this section UVR support analyze exist video according to specific rules. Now the rules include “line accrossing, Area Intrusion, Motion Detection and Face Detection”.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark247"></a> Draw Line</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="787" height="443" class="wp-image-696" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-134.jpeg" alt="word image 562 134" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 374" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-134.jpeg 787w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-134-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-134-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 787px) 100vw, 787px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-106 Smart Playback &#8211; Draw Line</strong></p>
<p>1. First you need select a channel and click “Paly”, then the icon of “Draw Line” can be active. You can click to draw a line on the video interface;</p>
<p>2. Click “Setting” button you can specify some setting for playback like “Skip NonFocus Video” and specify the playback speed for NonConcerned-Video and Attention-Video, also you can specify the time before and after the events from 0 to 600 seconds.</p>
<p>3. Click “Search” button then the result will be shown like figure 4-87, video with line accrossing will be marked color “green”, and the video will be played by the setting as you made at step 2.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark249"></a> Draw Quadrilateral</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="787" height="445" class="wp-image-697" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-135.jpeg" alt="word image 562 135" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 375" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-135.jpeg 787w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-135-300x170.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-135-768x434.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 787px) 100vw, 787px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-107 Smart Playback &#8211; Draw Quadrilateral</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>First you need select a channel and click “Paly”, then the icon of “Draw Quadrilateral” can be active. You can click to draw a quadrilateral on the video interface;</li>
<li>Click “Setting” button you can specify some setting for playback like “Skip NonFocus Video” and specify the playback speed for NonConcerned-Video and Attention-Video, also you can specify the time before and after the events from 0 to 600 seconds.</li>
<li>Click “Search” button then the result will be shown like figure 4-88, video with Area Intrusion will be marked color “green”, and the video will be played by the setting as you made at step 2.
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark251"></a> MotionDraw Retangle</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="790" height="444" class="wp-image-698" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-136.jpeg" alt="word image 562 136" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 376" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-136.jpeg 790w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-136-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-136-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 790px) 100vw, 790px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-108 Smart Playback &#8211; MotionDraw Retangle</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>First you need select a channel and click “Paly”, then the icon of “MotionDraw Retangle” can be active. You can click it to draw an area on the video interface;</li>
<li>Click “Setting” button you can specify some setting for playback like “Skip NonFocus Video” and specify the playback speed for NonConcerned-Video and Attention-Video, also you can specify the time before and after the events from 0 to 600 seconds.</li>
<li>Click “Search” button then the result will be shown like figure 4-89, video with Motion will be marked color “green”, and the video will be played by the setting as you made at step 2.
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark253"></a> MotionFullScreen</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="785" height="442" class="wp-image-699" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-137.jpeg" alt="word image 562 137" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 377" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-137.jpeg 785w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-137-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-137-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 785px) 100vw, 785px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-109 Smart Playback &#8211; Motion Full Screen</strong></p>
<p>1. First you need select a channel and click “Paly”, then the icon of “MotionFullScreen” can be active. You can click it to draw an area on the full video interface;</p>
<p>2. Click “Setting” button you can specify some setting for playback like “Skip NonFocus Video” and specify the playback speed for NonConcerned-Video and Attention-Video, also you can specify the time before and after the events from 0 to 600 seconds.</p>
<p>3. Click “Search” button then the result will be shown like figure 4-90, video with Motion will be marked color “green”, and the video will be played by the setting as you made at step 2.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark255"></a> Face search</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="789" height="445" class="wp-image-700" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-138.jpeg" alt="word image 562 138" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 378" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-138.jpeg 789w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-138-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-138-768x433.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 789px) 100vw, 789px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-110 Smart Playback &#8211; Face Search</strong></p>
<p>1. First you need select a channel and click “Paly”, then the icon of “Face search” can be active. The full video interface will be detected by default;</p>
<p>2. Click “Setting” button you can specify some setting for playback like “Skip NonFocus Video” and specify the playback speed for NonConcerned-Video and Attention-Video, also you can specify the time before and after the events from 0 to 600 seconds.</p>
<p>3. Click “Search” button then the result will be shown like figure 4-90, video with people’s</p>
<p>face will be marked color “green”, and the video will be played by the setting as you made at step 2.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em>Face Detection only work with Qualvision 6 series UVR.</em></li>
<li><em>Face Detection only work with Qualvision IPCs which support this feature.</em>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark257"></a> Clear all</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When you click this button that means clear all the lines and rectangles you have drawn before.</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark259"></a> Then you can draw new lines and specify new rules.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark260"></a> Time Division play</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Select the “Time Division Play” enters the time division playback mode.</p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-111 Time Division Playback</strong></p>
<p>4. First you need chose the channel and select division windows number to display, from 1-16 windows. For example, if you chose the windows number is 4, the files of the date you chose will be divided into 4 parts.</p>
<p>5. You can change the playing channel but do not need to stop. And change the windows division number when the channel is playing.</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark262"></a> As for the operations of these buttons you can refer to the previous table.</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark263"></a> 4.6.6 Normal Play (Picture)</p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-112 Normal Playback of Picture</strong></p>
<p>1. Select the “Normal Play (Picture)” enters the normal playback of pictures mode.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="869" height="489" class="wp-image-701" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-139.jpeg" alt="word image 562 139" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 379" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-139.jpeg 869w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-139-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-139-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 869px) 100vw, 869px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-702" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-140.jpeg" alt="word image 562 140" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 380" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-140.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-140-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-140-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p>2. Select the channels, the search result as shown in the figure. As for the button of control playback including “File Manage”, ”Sync/Async”, “Start/Pause”, “Backward play”, ”Stop Playing”, “Slow down”, ”Speed up”, and “Time-line Stretch”, “Time-line Shorten”.</p>
<p>The sources of pictures you play are manual snap on preview interface and the manual snap in playback interface.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em>You can stop playback by right click, and exit the playback interface by keep right click.</em></li>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark265"></a><em>If you chose more than one channels to playback, double click can make the channel shows in one screen.</em></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark266"></a> 4.7 Shutdown</p>
<p>Click Shutdown, as shown in the figure.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="667" height="275" class="wp-image-703" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-141.jpeg" alt="word image 562 141" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 381" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-141.jpeg 667w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-141-300x124.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 667px) 100vw, 667px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-113 Shutdown</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>Shutdown: </strong>Exit system, and then shut down device.</p>
<p>• <strong>Restart: </strong>Exit system, then restart device.</p>
<p>• <strong>Log out: </strong>Password is needed to re-enter the menu after logout.</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark268"></a> • <strong>Switch user: </strong>Switch the user and use another account to login.</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark269"></a> Chapter 5 WEB Application<br />
Manager</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark272"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark271"></a> Plug-in download and installation</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Open your web browser and input the IP address of HD DVR, such as <a href="http://192.168.1.9/" rel="nofollow">http://192.168.L9 </a>(the default IP address), if your IP address has been changed, you can use the new IP address, and press the Enter key to enter the login interface.</li>
<li>If it is the first time to login, it will notice you to install the plug-in, you can find it either in CD or download from web site.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark275"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark274"></a> Web Application Manager Login</li>
</ol>
</li>
<li>After plug-in installation, please input the user name and password (The default username is admin and the password is 1234567u), and select language in the interface, shown as <strong>figure 5-2.</strong></li>
<li>Click on login button to go to web preview interface.</li>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="168" height="142" class="wp-image-704" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-142.jpeg" alt="word image 562 142" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 382"> If you enable the “Save Password”, your password and user name will be remembered the next time you login.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>English</strong></p>
<p><strong>Password</strong></p>
<p><strong>Innovative Video Technology</strong></p>
<p>ELEVATE <strong>SERIES</strong></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-2 Login Interface</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark278"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark277"></a> Preview</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After you login successfully, you will enter the preview interface, as show in <strong>figure 5-3.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="467" class="wp-image-705" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-143.jpeg" alt="word image 562 143" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 383" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-143.jpeg 867w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-143-300x162.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-143-768x414.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-3 Preview Interface</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Items</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Function Tab</td>
<td>Main Menu Includes preview, playback, Alarm, Config and Logout.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Preview</p>
<p>channels</td>
<td>The connection channel of HD DVR.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Device channels</td>
<td>You can open the preview channel in main/sub stream and close the preview channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>Video control</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>Open ALL(Main): Open all the preview channels in main</li>
</ul>
<p>stream</p>
<ul>
<li>Open ALL(Sub):Open all the preview channels in sub stream</li>
<li>Local replay: Replay record on local</li>
<li>Close All: Close all the preview channels.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>Windows division</td>
<td>Split-screen switch button, it can be adjusted to preview in 1/4/5/6/8/9/13/16/20/25/36 channels</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>6</td>
<td>Color control</td>
<td>Adjust the Brightness, Contrast, Saturation and Hue of the color.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>7</td>
<td>PTZ control</td>
<td>Control PTZ directions, add preset and tour etc.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>8</td>
<td>Other function</td>
<td>You can set the saving path of the pictures / local record, and set the size of video, and click the reboot button to restart the HD DVR.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-1 Function Description of preview area</p>
<p>After login the HD DVR, you can choose a channel and preview the channel in real time.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="471" class="wp-image-706" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-144.jpeg" alt="word image 562 144" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 384" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-144.jpeg 866w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-144-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-144-768x418.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-4 Channel Preview Interface</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Items</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP] <strong><em>r </em></strong>■ Capture</td>
<td>Capture a picture and save it in the picture path you have set before.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□ Record</td>
<td>Record a video and click it again to stop recording, and save it in the record path you have set before.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>QI Listening</td>
<td>Turn On/Off the audio.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>^3/^3 Stop</td>
<td>Click the^Sbutton to open the preview channel ,and click ^3 to close it.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-2 function description of preview interface</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark281"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark280"></a> Playback</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li>Click the playback button to enter playback interface, show as <strong>figure 5-5.</strong></li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="835" height="524" class="wp-image-707" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-145.jpeg" alt="word image 562 145" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 385" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-145.jpeg 835w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-145-300x188.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-145-768x482.jpeg 768w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-145-160x100.jpeg 160w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 835px) 100vw, 835px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-5 Playback Interface</strong></p>
<p>It supports 4 channels playback at the same time, it displays the intraday videos of 1/2/3/4 channel by default. On this page, you can select the any channel and date you want, and then</p>
<p>click the Search button, it will display the results of your research.</p>
<p>2. Click the switch button to anther interface, show as in <strong>figure 5-6.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="450" class="wp-image-708" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-146.jpeg" alt="word image 562 146" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 386" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-146.jpeg 866w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-146-300x156.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-146-768x399.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-6 Switch Playback Interface</strong></p>
<p>Set the start time and end time of the videos you want to see, click the Search button, and then it will display the matched results. Each video will display its start time and its type, and all the videos in the same channel will display in chronological order.</p>
<p>3. Click the More buttons, you will turn to the interface of setting more parameters, as</p>
<p>show in <strong>figure 5-7.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="524" class="wp-image-709" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-147.jpeg" alt="word image 562 147" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 387" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-147.jpeg 864w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-147-300x182.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-147-768x466.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-7 More Detail Parameters Setting Interface</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark283"></a> In this interface, you can set the more detail parameters such as start time, end time, channel, stream type, the type of records, and click the Search button, and then all matched records will be listed below. Check the record file you want to download and click the Download button. System will download the record file in sequence and save to PC. After downloading finishes, the check box of “Download Completed!” will be pop-up.</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark284"></a> 5.5 Alarm</p>
<p>Click the alarm button to enter the alarm setting interface, shown as in the <strong>figure 5-8.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-710" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-148.jpeg" alt="word image 562 148" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 388" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-148.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-148-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-148-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-8 Alarm Setting interface</strong></p>
<p>After checking Listen Alarm box, and select the alarm type below, when the device trigger the corresponding alarm, it will display an alarm message to notify you. And link operation will be active.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Message: </strong>Auto jump to this page when alarm triggered.</li>
<li><strong>Local captures: </strong>Auto-grab screenshots of alarm channel.</li>
<li><strong>Open the video: </strong>Opens the channel automatically which trigger the alarm.</li>
<li>Play alarm sound: Play sound when alarm triggered.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark287"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark286"></a> 5.6 Config</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark290"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark289"></a> Local Set</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click “Config -&gt; Local Set” to enter the interface, as shown in the <strong>figure 5-9.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="487" class="wp-image-711" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-149.jpeg" alt="word image 562 149" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 389" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-149.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-149-300x169.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-149-768x432.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-9 Dynamic Tracking Setting Interface</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p>&gt; <em>The IPC must support the function</em><strong><em>, </em></strong><em>or even if HD DVR enable the function of Dynamic</em></p>
<p><em>Tracking ,it will not make effect.</em></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark293"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark292"></a> Maintain
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark295"></a> VerInfo</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click “Config -&gt;Maintain -&gt;VerInfo ” to enter the interface, as shown in the <strong>figure 5-10.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="469" class="wp-image-712" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-150.jpeg" alt="word image 562 150" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 390" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-150.jpeg 866w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-150-300x162.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-150-768x416.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-10 Version Information of HD DVR</strong></p>
<p>It displays the MAC address of HD DVR, channel numbers, the number of audio input and output, the number of alarm input and output, system version, the release date of software version.</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark297"></a> 5.6.2.2 Log</p>
<p>Click “Config -&gt;Maintain -&gt;Log ” to enter the interface, as shown in the <strong>figure 5-11.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="464" class="wp-image-713" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-151.jpeg" alt="word image 562 151" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 391" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-151.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-151-300x161.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-151-768x412.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-11 Log Search Results</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Set the log search conditions to refine your search, including the Start Time, End Time and Type.</li>
<li>Click the Search button to start search log files, the matched log files will be displayed on the list shown below</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li><strong>Backup: </strong>Back up all log files to the local PC.</li>
<li><strong>Clear: </strong>Clear all log files.</li>
<li><strong>Filter: </strong>You can select the filter items to save the log files, the max number of logs is 4096, when the number of log is beyond 4096, “log full coverage “or “stop” are for choice.</li>
<li><strong>Prev / Next: </strong>Up to 900 log files can be displayed each time ,when the number of the matched logs beyond 900, you can click on Prev/ Next button to view more log files.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark300"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark299"></a> 5.6.3 Setting</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark302"></a> 5.6.3.1 General</p>
<p>Click “Config -&gt;Setting -&gt;General” to enter the interface, as shown in the <strong>figure 5-12.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="462" class="wp-image-714" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-152.jpeg" alt="word image 562 152" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 392" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-152.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-152-300x160.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-152-768x410.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-12 General Setting Interface</strong></p>
<p>Configure the following settings, and then click Save button to save the settings.</p>
<p>• <strong>Time Zone: </strong>Select the time zone</p>
<p>• <strong>System Time: </strong>Select the system date and time.</p>
<p>• <strong>Date Format: </strong>Select the date format</p>
<p>• <strong>Time Format: </strong>Select the date format</p>
<p>• <strong>Language: </strong>There are Simplified Chinese, English, Italian, Russian, Portuguese, Turkish,</p>
<p>Persian, and Arabic.</p>
<p>• <strong>HDD full: </strong>Overwrite and Stop are for choice.</p>
<p>• <strong>Device No.</strong>: The default number is 8 ,if it is modified to any other number ,remote control will not make effect to the HD DVR.</p>
<p>• <strong>Host Name: </strong>Set the name of HD DVR.</p>
<p>• <strong>SyncPC: </strong>The time zone and the system time can synchronize your local PC.</p>
<p>• <strong>Smart Display: </strong>Click the Smart Display check box, the pre-defined virtual line and pre-defined virtual region will display in the preview channels.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark304"></a> Encode</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click “ Config -&gt;Setting -&gt;Encode ” to enter the interface ,as shown in <strong>figure 5-13.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="462" class="wp-image-715" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-153.jpeg" alt="word image 562 153" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 393" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-153.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-153-300x160.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-153-768x410.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-13 Encode Setting Interface</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Set channel name for each channel .</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>The left column is used to set the relevant parameters of main stream for each channel, the right column is used to set the relevant parameters of sub stream for each channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Overlay Sets the selected channel of the area covered and the time and channel headings displayed, this model HD DVR Position control of the channel and time headers are not supported.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 5-3 Function Description of Encode Setting Areas</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark306"></a> Display</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click “ Config -&gt;Setting -&gt;Display ” to enter the interface, show as <strong>figure 5-14.</strong></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-14 Display Adjustment Interface</strong></p>
<p>You can click the check box of time title, channel title, alarm state and record state to enable these function, if time title and channel title are set as enabled, they will appear on the screen of current HD DVR system. You can modify the parameters of top/bottom/left/right to adjust TV display.</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark308"></a> 5.6.3.4 Record</p>
<p>Click “ Config -&gt;Setting -&gt;Display ” to enter the interface, as show in <strong>figure 5-15.</strong></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-15 Record Schedule Interface</strong></p>
<p>The parameters should be consistent with HD DVR local setting .Green stands for normal record, yellow stands for motion detection ,red stands for I/O trigger record .</p>
<p>• <strong>Channel: </strong>set record type for each channel ,mainstream and substream are for choice.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="462" class="wp-image-716" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-154.jpeg" alt="word image 562 154" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 394" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-154.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-154-300x160.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-154-768x410.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="859" height="462" class="wp-image-717" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-155.jpeg" alt="word image 562 155" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 395" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-155.jpeg 859w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-155-300x161.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-155-768x413.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 859px) 100vw, 859px" /></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Pre-record: </strong>Set the pre-record time for each channel.</li>
<li><strong>Record Control: </strong>Three kinds of video control such as schedule, manual and stop.</li>
</ul>
<p>•</p>
<p><strong>How to configure Record Schedule:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>You can choose the day to which you want to set schedule, click the set button on the right.</li>
<li>The default is to schedule an all-day recording, to arrange other schedule, set the Start/End time for each period.</li>
<li>Select the record type on the right hand side</li>
<li>Click Ok to save all the settings.</li>
<li>Repeat the above edit schedule steps to schedule recording for other days in the week. If the schedule can also be applied to other days, click the day you want to configure the same schedule, and click OK.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em>Up to 8 periods can be configured for each day. And the time periods can&#8217;t be overlapped each other.</em></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark310"></a> 5.6.3.5 Network</p>
<p>Click “ Config -&gt;Setting -&gt;Network ” to enter the interface, as show in <strong>figure 5-16.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="464" class="wp-image-718" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-156.jpeg" alt="word image 562 156" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 396" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-156.jpeg 866w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-156-300x161.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-156-768x411.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-16 Network Setting Interface</strong></p>
<p>HD DVR support Static/DHCP/PPPOE/3G/Wifi modes. System default network type is static. User can set these parameters as required ,including IP Address, MAC, Sub Net Mask, Gateway ,DNS ,Secondary DNS, Internal IP, Max Users, Media Port, HTTP port, Handset Port.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>HS Download: </strong>Enable the function, you can download video faster.</li>
<li><strong>Transfer Mode : </strong>You can choose a different network policies, quality preferred, fluency preferred and adaptive are for choice</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark312"></a> 5.6.3.5.1 E-mail</p>
<p>Click “ Config -&gt;Setting -&gt;Network-&gt;Email ” to enter the interface, as shown in the <strong>figure 5-17.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="445" class="wp-image-719" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-157.jpeg" alt="word image 562 157" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 397" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-157.jpeg 867w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-157-300x154.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-157-768x394.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-17 E-mail Setting by Web</strong></p>
<p>Before you configure these parameters, you have to click enable button .Then set the relevant parameters ,including SMTP server, port, username, password, the email address of sender and receiver .Click Save to save all the settings, Click MaiTest button to confirm whether the setting is effective.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>SMTP Server: </strong>The SMTP Server IP address or host name (e.g.smtp.263.net).</li>
<li><strong>Port: </strong>The SMTP port. The default TCP/IP port for SMTP is 25.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark314"></a> 5.6.3.5.2 FTP</p>
<p>Click “ Config -&gt;Setting -&gt;Network-&gt;FTP ” to enter the interface, as show in <strong>figure 5-18.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="836" height="450" class="wp-image-720" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-158.jpeg" alt="word image 562 158" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 398" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-158.jpeg 836w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-158-300x161.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-158-768x413.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 836px) 100vw, 836px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-18 FTP Setting Interface</strong></p>
<p><strong>How to configure the FTP:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Choose the type of FTP</li>
<li>Click the enable check box</li>
<li>Configure the FTP Server, port username, password , directory and file length</li>
<li>Click save button to save all the settings</li>
<li>Click FTP Test button to confirm whether the setting is effective.</li>
<li>Set the schedule for each channel</li>
<li>Click OK to save all the settings.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<p>&gt; <em>Up to 2 periods can be configured for each channel. And the time periods can&#8217;t be overlapped each other.</em></p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark316"></a> 5.6.3.5.3 NTP</p>
<p>Click “ Config -&gt;Setting -&gt;Network-&gt;NTP ” to enter the interface, as show in <strong>figure 5-19.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="465" class="wp-image-721" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-159.jpeg" alt="word image 562 159" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 399" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-159.jpeg 867w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-159-300x161.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-159-768x412.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-19 NTP Setting Interface</strong></p>
<p>A Network Time Protocol (NTP) Server can be configured on your HD DVR to ensure the accuracy of system date/time.</p>
<p>1. Check the Enable checkbox to enable this feature.</p>
<p>2. Configure the parameters, including ServerIP, Port and Update Time.</p>
<p>3. Click Save button to save all the settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark318"></a> 5.6.3.5.4 Cloud</p>
<p>Click “ Config -&gt;Setting -&gt;Network-&gt;Cloud ” to enter the interface, as show in <strong>figure 5-20.</strong></p>
<p>Click on Enable checkbox to enable the function of cloud. When the Status is connected, it means cloud function is available for use. You can download iPhone/Android InVid Elevate clientsoftware by scanning QR code. How to use Invid Elevate please refer to <strong>User Manual of InVid Elevate.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="460" class="wp-image-722" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-160.jpeg" alt="word image 562 160" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 400" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-160.jpeg 867w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-160-300x159.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-160-768x407.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-20 Cloud Setting Interface</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark320"></a> 5.6.3.5.5 DDNS/UPNP</p>
<p>• <strong>DDNS</strong></p>
<p>Click “ Config -&gt;Setting -&gt;Network-&gt;DDNS ” to enter the interface, as show in <strong>figure 5-21.</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the Enable to enable the function of DDNS.</li>
<li>Select DDNS Type: four types are selectable, such as Oray DDNS, CN99 DDNS, DynDNS DDNS,</li>
</ol>
<p>NOIP DDNS.</p>
<p>3. Set the Domain Name, User Name and Password .</p>
<p>4. Click Save to save the settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="840" height="453" class="wp-image-723" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-161.jpeg" alt="word image 562 161" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 401" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-161.jpeg 840w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-161-300x162.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-161-768x414.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 840px) 100vw, 840px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-21 DDNS Setting Interface</strong></p>
<p><em>•</em><strong> UPNP</strong></p>
<p>Click “ Config -&gt;Setting -&gt;Network-&gt;UPNP ” to enter the interface, as show in <strong>figure 5-22.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="467" class="wp-image-724" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-162.jpeg" alt="word image 562 162" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 402" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-162.jpeg 867w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-162-300x162.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-162-768x414.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-22 UPNP Setting Interface</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p>• <em>To ensure this function can be used normally, please make sure the router UPNP function has been enabled.</em></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark322"></a> Access control</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click “ Config -&gt;Setting -&gt;Network-&gt;Access control ” to enter the interface, as show in figure 5-23. Select the type of restricted list, Blocked Sites and Trusted Sites are selectable. Input the IP</p>
<p>Address manually, click Add IP button on the right, click save button to save the settings. If you want to delete the IP you have set before, left-click an IP address from the IP Blocked list /IP</p>
<p>Allowed and click Delete IP, shown as <strong>Figure 5-23.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="856" height="421" class="wp-image-725" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-163.jpeg" alt="word image 562 163" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 403" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-163.jpeg 856w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-163-300x148.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-163-768x378.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 856px) 100vw, 856px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-23 Access Control Interface</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark324"></a> Cloud Storage</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click “ Config -&gt;Setting -&gt;Network-&gt;Cloud Storage ” to enter the interface, as show in figure 5-24.</p>
<p>You can set the Cloud Storage to upload your videos and picture recorded by your cameras.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="467" class="wp-image-726" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-164.jpeg" alt="word image 562 164" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 404" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-164.jpeg 867w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-164-300x162.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-164-768x414.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-24 Cloud Storage</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark326"></a> 5.6.3.6 Image Setting</p>
<p>Click “ Config -&gt;Setting -&gt;Image Setting ” to enter the interface, as show in <strong>figure 5-25.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="861" height="464" class="wp-image-727" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-165.jpeg" alt="word image 562 165" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 405" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-165.jpeg 861w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-165-300x162.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-165-768x414.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 861px) 100vw, 861px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-25 Image Setting Interface</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select a channel and then set the relevant parameters ,when all the parameters have been configured ,</li>
<li>Click Save button to save your configuration.</li>
<li>IF you want to configure the same parameters to another channel ,click the Copy button and select any channel you want ,</li>
<li>Click OK button to save.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark328"></a> 5.6.3.7 Configuration</p>
<p>Click “ Config -&gt;Setting ^Configuration ” to enter the interface, as show in <strong>figure 5-26.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="864" height="465" class="wp-image-728" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-166.jpeg" alt="word image 562 166" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 406" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-166.jpeg 864w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-166-300x161.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-166-768x413.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-26 Configuration Setting Interface</strong></p>
<p>1. Click on the checkbox of those item you want to restore, and click the Default button ,then all the configurations of the selected item will restore to the default value.</p>
<p>2. Click Export button to export all the configurations of the network camera in a .coi file.</p>
<p>3. Click Import button to import all the configurations of the network camera from a .coi file.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p>&gt; <em>If Network has been choose in the list, the IP address is also restored to the default IP address, please be careful for this action.</em></p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark330"></a> 5.6.3.8 Channel Management</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark332"></a> Channel Type</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click <strong>Config-&gt;Setting-&gt; Channel Management-&gt;Channel Type</strong>. You can set each channel’s type and it’s protocol for AHD cameras, shown as <strong>Figure 5-27.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="469" class="wp-image-729" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-167.jpeg" alt="word image 562 167" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 407" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-167.jpeg 866w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-167-300x162.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-167-768x416.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-27 Digital Config of HD DVR</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark334"></a> Channel Config</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click <strong>Config-&gt;Setting-&gt; Channel Management-&gt;Channel Config</strong>. You can search the IPC in the Internet and set their parameters, including IP address, port, username/password, protocol, syn channel time switch and connection type. As show in <strong>figure 5-28.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="470" class="wp-image-730" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-168.jpeg" alt="word image 562 168" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 408" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-168.jpeg 867w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-168-300x163.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-168-768x416.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-28 Channel Config of HD DVR</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark336"></a> Channel Status</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click <strong>Config-&gt;Setting-&gt; Channel Management-&gt;Channel Status</strong>. On this page you can check the channel name, channel connection status and alarm status, including Motion Detect, Video Shelter and Video Lost. As show in <strong>figure 5-29.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="480" height="358" class="wp-image-731" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-169.jpeg" alt="word image 562 169" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 409" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-169.jpeg 480w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-169-300x224.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="34" height="31" class="wp-image-732" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-170.jpeg" alt="word image 562 170" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 410"><strong>Configuration</strong></p>
<p><strong>Channel Management</strong></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-29 Channel Status of HD DVR</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark339"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark338"></a> Alarm
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark341"></a> Motion Detect</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click the <strong>Config-&gt;Alarm-&gt;Motion Detect</strong>. As show in <strong>figure 5-30.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="466" class="wp-image-733" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-171.jpeg" alt="word image 562 171" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 411" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-171.jpeg 867w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-171-300x161.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-171-768x413.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-30 Motion Detect Setting by Web</strong></p>
<p>The feature is similar to the local alarm of HD DVR. Event types are composed of motion detection, video loss and video shielding.</p>
<p>Taking motion detection for example to illustrate:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Region: </strong>Set the alarm area.</li>
<li><strong>Sensitivity: </strong>Change the sensitivity of the motion detection. The higher the sensitivity, the easier to trigger alarm.</li>
<li><strong>Channel: </strong>Can be set for each channel.</li>
<li><strong>Enable: </strong>Motion detection-enabled switch.</li>
<li><strong>Schedule: </strong>Set the alarm time.</li>
<li><strong>Alarm Linkage Control: </strong>Include alarm output, show message, buzzer, send Emails, alarm recording, PTZ Act and tour.
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark343"></a> Alarm In/Alarm Out</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click the <strong>Config-&gt;Alarm-&gt;Alarm In/Alarm Out</strong>. You can set up alarm port and linkage operations.</p>
<p>• <strong>Alarm In</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="776" height="417" class="wp-image-734" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-172.jpeg" alt="word image 562 172" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 412" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-172.jpeg 776w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-172-300x161.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-172-768x413.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 776px) 100vw, 776px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-31 Alarm In Setting by Web</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>Alarm Output</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="437" class="wp-image-735" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-173.jpeg" alt="word image 562 173" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 413" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-173.jpeg 867w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-173-300x151.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-173-768x387.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-32 Alarm Out Setting by Web</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark345"></a> Abnormality</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click the <strong>Config-&gt;Alarm-&gt;Abnormality</strong>. It is similar to the local abnormality of the HD DVR. You can set the alarm recording, screen tips, buzzer alarm, sending Emails, alarm output.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="466" class="wp-image-736" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-174.jpeg" alt="word image 562 174" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 414" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-174.jpeg 866w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-174-300x161.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-174-768x413.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-33 Abnormality Setting of HD DVR by Web</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>No writable disk: </strong>There is no disk or the disk status is not available, such as read-only disk.</p>
<p>• <strong>Hard disk error: </strong>The connection between the disk and the device is error, such as the data lines are broken.</p>
<p>• <strong>Disk No Space: </strong>Alarm when the remaining space of the hard disk reaches the set value.</p>
<p>• <strong>Network Disconnection: </strong>Alarm when the network cable is disconnected.</p>
<p>• <strong>IP Conflict: </strong>Alarm when the IP address is the same as the others.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark348"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark347"></a> Advance Option
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark350"></a> Tour</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click the <strong>Config-&gt; Advance Option-&gt;Tour</strong>. It is similar to the HD DVR local settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="467" class="wp-image-737" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-175.jpeg" alt="word image 562 175" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 415" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-175.jpeg 867w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-175-300x162.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-175-768x414.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-34 Tour Setting</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Interval time: </strong>Channel switching time.</li>
<li><strong>Channels choose: </strong>You can set different channels to switch between back and forth.</li>
</ul>
<p>You can choose single channel or multi channels to display on your screen at regular</p>
<p>intervals.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark352"></a> HDD</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click the <strong>Config-&gt; Advance Option-&gt;HDD</strong>. It is similar to the HD DVR local settings.</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark354"></a> 5.6.5.2.1 Base</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="454" class="wp-image-738" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-176.jpeg" alt="word image 562 176" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 416" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-176.jpeg 866w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-176-300x157.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-176-768x403.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-35 Base Setting of HDD</strong></p>
<p>This page shows the status of the device‘s hard disk. You can set the state of the hard disk read and write. You can decide whether or not to sleep hard disk after a few minutes. In addition, you can also format or delete the hard disk.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Hard disk: </strong>Hard disk serial number “[1]sda &#8220;Or&#8221; [2]sdb &#8220;.</li>
<li><strong>Status: </strong>&#8220;Unformatted&#8221; or &#8220;normal&#8221; or &#8220;no disk&#8221;.</li>
<li><strong>Read\write: </strong>The video can be recorded and can be played back.</li>
<li><strong>Read only: </strong>The video only can be played back but not be recorded.</li>
<li><strong>Redundant: </strong>You can find a completely identical video in the redundant disk. It is a function similar to that of a copy. The entire premise is that you have more than one hard disk.</li>
<li><strong>Group: </strong>Set which group the hard disk belongs to.</li>
<li><strong>Delete: </strong>Disconnect the connection between the hard disk and the device in logic. Of course, you can also restore the connection between them by clicking on the “Add” button.</li>
<li><strong>Format: </strong>Format the hard disk.</li>
<li><strong>Sleep: </strong>If the hard disk does not record or not play back in a few minutes, the disk will fall into sleep. This function can enhance the life of the hard disk.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark356"></a> 5.6.5.2.2 Advanced</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="467" class="wp-image-739" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-177.jpeg" alt="word image 562 177" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 417" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-177.jpeg 866w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-177-300x162.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-177-768x414.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-36 Advanced Setting of HDD</strong></p>
<p>This page you can switch the hard disk&#8217;s storage mode, including the &#8220;group&#8221; or &#8220;quotas&#8221;. Your device will restart when you switch the mode.</p>
<p>• <strong>Group mode: </strong>You can select several channels attached to a disk group. Then their videos will be recorded in the group.</p>
<p>Select one disk group number.</p>
<p>Select several channels attached to the disk group.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Quota mode: </strong>You can save videos or pictures for each channel that does not exceed the total volume of space.</li>
<li><strong>Record Quota: </strong>You can manually set the quota size of the channel video.</li>
<li><strong>Photo Quota: </strong>You can manually set the channel quota size to save the screenshots. Select one channel to set the quota size.</li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark358"></a> 5.6.5.2.3 S.M.A.R.T.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="410" class="wp-image-740" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-178.jpeg" alt="word image 562 178" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 418" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-178.jpeg 866w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-178-300x142.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-178-768x364.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-37 SAMRT Detect of HDD Setting by Web</strong></p>
<p>It is used to detect the hard disk status.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>S.M.A.R.T: </strong>To detect the hard disk whether it meets the basic requirements for</li>
</ul>
<p>storage.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>NO.: </strong>Access the hard disk serial number.</li>
<li><strong>Status: </strong>Can display the self-test progress in real time. And there will be a test result showing that the hard disk is “Passed &#8220;Or&#8221; Failed &#8220;.</li>
<li><strong>Last test time: </strong>A recent self testing time on the hard disk.</li>
<li><strong>Temperature: </strong>Display the hard disk temperature in real time.</li>
<li><strong>Life time: </strong>The time hours that your hard disk have been used for.
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark360"></a> Upgrade</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click the <strong>Config-&gt;Advance Option-&gt;Upgrade.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="397" class="wp-image-741" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-179.jpeg" alt="word image 562 179" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 419" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-179.jpeg 867w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-179-300x137.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-179-768x352.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-38 Upgrade HD DVR by Web</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Select the upgrade file from local.</li>
<li>Click the upgrade, the device will automatically reboot in remote.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p>&gt; <em>In general, the extension of the upgrade file is ***.upf.</em></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark362"></a> Record control</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click the <strong>Config-&gt;Advance Option-&gt;Record Control</strong>. You can quickly set the record control</p>
<p>mode for each channel. It is similar to the HD DVR local settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="829" height="447" class="wp-image-742" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-180.jpeg" alt="word image 562 180" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 420" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-180.jpeg 829w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-180-300x162.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-180-768x414.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 829px) 100vw, 829px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-39 Quick Record Control by Web</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark364"></a> Account</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click the <strong>Config-&gt;Advance Option-&gt;Account</strong>. It is similar to the HD DVR local settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="867" height="445" class="wp-image-743" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-181.jpeg" alt="word image 562 181" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 421" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-181.jpeg 867w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-181-300x154.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-181-768x394.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-40 Account Setting of HD DVR by Web</strong></p>
<p>• <strong>User accounts: </strong>Select the account you want to edit, the page will display this user&#8217;s editing privileges.</p>
<p>• <strong>The formula bar: </strong>Support to add and modify user rights, change password operation, add or delete the user and group.</p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark366"></a> 5.5.5.6 Auto Maintenance</p>
<p>Click the <strong>Config-&gt;Advance Option-&gt;Auto Maintenance</strong>. It is similar to the HD DVR local settings.</p>
<p>You can set the time for automatic restart of the HD DVR.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="466" class="wp-image-744" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-182.jpeg" alt="word image 562 182" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 422" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-182.jpeg 866w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-182-300x161.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-182-768x413.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5-41 Auto Restart Setting by Web</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark369"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark368"></a> 5.7 Logout</p>
<p>Click the logout button, click OK, you will exit to the login page.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="396" height="266" class="wp-image-745" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-183.jpeg" alt="word image 562 183" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 423" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-183.jpeg 396w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-183-300x202.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 396px) 100vw, 396px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark371"></a><strong>Figure 5-42 Logout the Web Client</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark372"></a> Chapter 6 P2P</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark375"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark374"></a> Login by username</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Web -Remote management of equipment in another way is through P2P Connection access.</p>
<p>Open the web browser and input the <a href="http://www.elevatep2p.com" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><strong>www.elevatep2p.com</strong></a>, and press the Enter key to enter the login interface.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="971" height="393" class="wp-image-746" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-184.jpeg" alt="word image 562 184" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 424" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-184.jpeg 971w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-184-300x121.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-184-768x311.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 971px) 100vw, 971px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-1 Main Interface of P2P</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark378"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark377"></a> Register</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click on the &#8220;register&#8221; button to enter the graphical interface, input your registration information to register. It will show a success message, and then you can login with your account.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="655" height="394" class="wp-image-747" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-185.jpeg" alt="word image 562 185" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 425" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-185.jpeg 655w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-185-300x180.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 655px) 100vw, 655px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-2 Register</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark381"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark380"></a> My device</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>This page displays the name and the connection status of have added devices. You can refresh the device status and login in a device manually.</p>
<p>After you add a device, according to prompts you can click Add device, shown as an IP Interface address connection, specific operations see section.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="865" height="591" class="wp-image-748" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-186.jpeg" alt="word image 562 186" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 426" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-186.jpeg 865w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-186-300x205.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-186-768x525.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-3 Main Interface of P2P after Login</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark384"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark383"></a> Device Manage</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>It is empty for the first time when using video surveillance list. Click the Add button and enter the device ID, device name, account number and then select Add channel.</p>
<p>You can modify and delete the devices that have been added.</p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-4 Device Manager of P2P</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark387"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark386"></a> 6.1.4 User Info</p>
<p>You can change the password on this page.</p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-5 User Info of P2P</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-562-bookmark390"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark389"></a> 6.1.5 Logout</p>
<p>Click the Logout button.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="809" height="429" class="wp-image-749" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-187.jpeg" alt="word image 562 187" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 427" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-187.jpeg 809w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-187-300x159.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-187-768x407.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 809px) 100vw, 809px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="803" height="376" class="wp-image-750" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-188.jpeg" alt="word image 562 188" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 428" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-188.jpeg 803w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-188-300x140.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-188-768x360.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 803px) 100vw, 803px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="284" height="187" class="wp-image-751" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-189.jpeg" alt="word image 562 189" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 429"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="269" height="64" class="wp-image-752" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-190.jpeg" alt="word image 562 190" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 430"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="196" height="168" class="wp-image-753" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-191.jpeg" alt="word image 562 191" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 431"></p>
<p>Language: English</p>
<p>Innovative Video Technology</p>
<p>ELEVATE SERES</p>
<p><strong>By User By Device</strong></p>
<p>Log in monitoring system</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-562-bookmark393"></a><a id="post-562-bookmark392"></a> Login by Cloud ID</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>By cloud ID is another way to achieve P2P connections.</p>
<p><strong>Remote Monitor of Network</strong></p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-7 Login by Cloud ID of HD DVR</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="851" height="456" class="wp-image-754" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-192.jpeg" alt="word image 562 192" title="User Manual of Universal HD DVR 432" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-192.jpeg 851w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-192-300x161.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-562-192-768x412.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 851px) 100vw, 851px" /></p>
<p>Type device for the cloud ID and account, click Log into the graphical interface.</p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-8 Main Interface After Login by Cloud ID of HD DVR</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p>&gt; <em>After login by cloud ID successfully, the interface are the same as you login by IP</em></p>
<p><em>address and the operations also. Please refer to IP address connection parts.</em></p>
<p><strong>Thank you for reading, if you have any problem, please contact us, thank you.</strong></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/user-manual-of-universal-hd-dvr/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Elevate CMS Full User Manual</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/elevate-cms-full-user-manual/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/elevate-cms-full-user-manual/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 09 Jun 2023 19:12:16 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[administrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[C3 CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CCTV]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cloud]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cms software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Device Manager]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[E-Map]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Elevate CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Encoding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Intercom]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[live video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Live view]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Mainstream]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Milesight CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[mobile]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[onvif]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pivot CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PTZ Control]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Remote Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Surveillance]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Time Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User management]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User manual]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=499</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Elevate CMS Full User Manual, This User Manual is for Elevate CMS software, it is used as a guide.The photos, ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/elevate-cms-full-user-manual/#more-499" aria-label="Read more about Elevate CMS Full User Manual">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Elevate CMS Full User Manual, This User Manual is for Elevate CMS software, it is used as a guide.The photos, graphics, charts and illustrations provided in this user manual are only used to explain and illustrate the purpose, they may be different from the specific product, please refer to the actual object.</p>
<p>Thank you for using our Elevate CMS, if you have any problems or doubts when using the products and software, please contact us anytime.</p>
<h2><strong>About this user manual</strong></h2>
<p>This User Manual is for <a href="https://info.invidtech.com/elevatedcpc-0" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Elevate CMS</a> software, it is used as a guide.The photos, graphics, charts and illustrations provided in this user manual are only used to explain and illustrate the purpose, they may be different from the specific product, please refer to the actual object.</p>
<h2>Elevate CMS Full User Manual</h2>
<blockquote><p>Read Next :</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/352/c3-cms-setup-installation-guide/">C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/349/pivot-cms-setup-guide/">Pivot CMS Setup Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/309/milesight-cms-vms-installation-user-guide/">Milesight CMS VMS installation user guide</a></li>
</ol>
</blockquote>
<p>In this User Manual it is possible that we have some incorrect, or some features and operations that are not compatible with the software, or other printing mistakes. We will update the content of this User Manual according to the features upgrading or verifying, and we will improve and upgrade the description of the products. The new content may not be notified in this User Manual.</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-499-bookmark0"></a> Overview
<ol>
<li><a id="post-499-bookmark4"></a><a id="post-499-bookmark2"></a><a id="post-499-bookmark3"></a> Overview</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-499-bookmark6"></a> Elevate CMS is a lite platform software programmed by Invid Technology which enable user to manage the surveillance devices. It supports all Invid Elevate Series UVR, NVR, IPC and other products; offers versatile functions including device management, live preview, remote playback, remote configuration, record plan, E-Map, etc.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-499-bookmark7"></a> PC requirement</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>OS: Windows XP/7/8/8.1/10 or MAC OS</p>
<p>CPU: Intel Pentium IV 3.0 GHz or higher</p>
<p>RAM: 1GB or higher</p>
<p><a id="post-499-bookmark9"></a> Resolution:1024*768 or higher</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-499-bookmark10"></a> Function module</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The operation interface of CMS is shown as below:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="656" height="424" class="wp-image-500" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-1.jpeg" alt="word image 499 1" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 493" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-1.jpeg 656w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-1-300x194.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 656px) 100vw, 656px" /></p>
<p>Details of menubar you can find in the table below:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td rowspan="4">System</td>
<td>Lock</td>
<td>Lock software. No function can be done.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Switch user</td>
<td>Fill in username and password to switch user.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Export config</td>
<td>Export config file to USB flash.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Import config</td>
<td>Import config file to use the same configuration.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>View</td>
<td>AUX monitor</td>
<td>Auxiliary output. Max 4 monitors.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="67" height="69" class="wp-image-501" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-2.jpeg" alt="word image 499 2" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 494"> Details of function module is as shown below:</p>
<p>Main View: Viewing live video, controlling PTZ and setting image parameters. When you</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="64" height="68" class="wp-image-502" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-3.jpeg" alt="word image 499 3" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 495"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="59" height="69" class="wp-image-503" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-4.jpeg" alt="word image 499 4" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 496"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="63" height="57" class="wp-image-504" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-5.jpeg" alt="word image 499 5" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 497"> view the video, you can change the channel’s position by click and drag the channel to another channel where you want to set.</p>
<p>Playback: Searching the record files and playback.</p>
<p>E-Map: Adding, modifying, deleting, and basic operations of E-map.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="62" height="63" class="wp-image-505" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-6.jpeg" alt="word image 499 6" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 498"> Log Search: Searching, viewing and backing up local logs.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="61" height="59" class="wp-image-506" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-7.jpeg" alt="word image 499 7" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 499"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="59" height="64" class="wp-image-507" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-8.jpeg" alt="word image 499 8" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 500"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="61" class="wp-image-508" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-9.jpeg" alt="word image 499 9" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 501"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="52" height="52" class="wp-image-509" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-10.jpeg" alt="word image 499 10" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 502"> Account Manager: Adding, deleting users and assigning the permissions.</p>
<p>Device Manager: Adding, editing and deleting the devices.</p>
<p>Configuration: Configuring general parameters.</p>
<p>Record Manager: Configuring the record storage schedule and general parameters.</p>
<p>Alarm Manager: Configuring the alarm, exception parameters and the linkage actions for</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="55" height="56" class="wp-image-510" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-11.jpeg" alt="word image 499 11" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 503"> the devices.</p>
<p>Remote Config: Configuring the network, storage, system and general parameters for the</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="58" height="45" class="wp-image-511" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-12.jpeg" alt="word image 499 12" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 504"> devices.</p>
<p>Monitor project: Configuring the monitor project.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-499-bookmark13"></a><a id="post-499-bookmark12"></a> Default configuration</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The default path of the videos is: C:\Working Path\Elevate CMS\Record.</p>
<p>The default path of the pictures is C:\Working Path\Elevate CMS\Picture.</p>
<p>The default path of the alarm pictures is C:\Working Path\Elevate CMS\Alarm Picture.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-499-bookmark16"></a><a id="post-499-bookmark15"></a> Updated instructions</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>This version of Elevate CMS is based on V1.0 and is based on device R005.</p>
<p>The differences between Windows and MAC system version is shown as below:</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Function Module</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function</strong></td>
<td><strong>WIN</strong></td>
<td><strong>MAC</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="7">Preview</td>
<td>Zoom (by mouse)</td>
<td>V(By mouse)</td>
<td>X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Image parameters setting</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Multicast</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Switch users</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Lock</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Import/export config</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>The top right corner of the CMS interface displays the login user.</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Remote playback</td>
<td>Record download (DAV and AVI)</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>x(AVI)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video encoding format display.</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="2">Local record</td>
<td>Local timing videos can be searched.</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Display time when playback</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Split screen preview</td>
<td>TAB pages can be dragged and dragged out.</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>E-map</td>
<td>Supports small window preview.</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="6">Device manager</td>
<td>Manual adding device</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>List field name sort.</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>The device color is added.</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IPv6</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Search by ONVIF</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Internet search editor (ipv4)</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Config</td>
<td>Automatic full screen at startup.</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td rowspan="4">Record manager</td>
<td>General record</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Motion detect</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Smart alarm</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>External alarm</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm manager</td>
<td>Linkage actions when smart alarm triggered</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>X</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Others</td>
<td>Drag the mouse to adjust the CMS window.</td>
<td>V</td>
<td>X</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-499-bookmark18"></a> Getting Start
<ol>
<li><a id="post-499-bookmark22"></a><a id="post-499-bookmark20"></a><a id="post-499-bookmark21"></a> Log in and Log out</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-499-bookmark24"></a> Here is the description of Login, Log out and switch user.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-499-bookmark25"></a> Login</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="62" height="70" class="wp-image-512" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-13.jpeg" alt="word image 499 13" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 505"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="276" height="270" class="wp-image-513" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-14.jpeg" alt="word image 499 14" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 506"></p>
<p>After installation, double click</p>
<p>. The login interface shows as <strong>Figure 2-1.</strong></p>
<p><strong>Figure 2-1 Login</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="55" height="53" class="wp-image-514" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-15.jpeg" alt="word image 499 15" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 507"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="54" height="48" class="wp-image-515" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-16.jpeg" alt="word image 499 16" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 508"></p>
<p><strong>User name: </strong>Default is “admin</p>
<p><strong>Password: </strong>Default is 1234567u</p>
<p><strong>Save: </strong>Save username and password.</p>
<p><strong>Auto Login: </strong>Automatically login next time.</p>
<p><a id="post-499-bookmark27"></a><strong>Language: </strong>Support English, Chinese, Czech, Italian, Farsi, Polish, Portuguese, Turkish and Russian.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-499-bookmark28"></a> Switch user</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>After login, you can switch user on control panel, click “System” on the left of the status bar, then choose “Switch user” to get a login page. You should add one user by “Account manager” before switch user, shown as <strong>Figure 2-2.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="308" height="306" class="wp-image-516" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-17.jpeg" alt="word image 499 17" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 509" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-17.jpeg 308w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-17-300x298.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-17-150x150.jpeg 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 308px) 100vw, 308px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 2-2 Switch user</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-499-bookmark31"></a><a id="post-499-bookmark30"></a> Logout</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click button <sup>x</sup> .Input current user’s password to exit CMS.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em>For security, please modify your password after login.</em></li>
<li><em>Donot enable save password or Auto Login in public PC.</em>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-499-bookmark34"></a><a id="post-499-bookmark33"></a> Control panel</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>All the functions can be found in this page, shown as <strong>Figure 2-3.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="657" height="424" class="wp-image-517" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-18.jpeg" alt="word image 499 18" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 510" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-18.jpeg 657w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-18-300x194.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 657px) 100vw, 657px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 2-3 Control Panel</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Items</strong></td>
<td><strong>Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Main view</td>
<td>Live view, Screen divisions, PTZ controlling, Local record/ snapshot, Update Channel Name, Reboot, UTC Control, Coaxial Control, Listening, Digital Zoom, Color settings, Talk, Sync time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><em>^0^</em> Playback</td>
<td>Remote and local records/pictures search, view, playback and download. Enable cut or snapshot and record locking during playback.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><em>EM</em> E-Map</td>
<td>Edit/View Maps, Add/Delete spots, Edit/View alarm channel and ports.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Log Search</td>
<td>Manage local operation logs and alarm logs.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Account Manager</td>
<td>Manage groups/users, and assigned permissions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>■Ml</strong></p>
<p><sup>raa</sup> Device Manager</td>
<td>Search, add, modify and delete devices.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><em>th . ..</em></p>
<p>Configuration</td>
<td>Record/Snapshot save path, record packet time, and other settings.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><sup>=</sup>® Record Manager</td>
<td>Record schedule, record specified channels to local without Elevate CMS running.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Alarm Manager</td>
<td>Links action setting while the device triggers alarms.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>UI</strong></p>
<p>Remote Config</td>
<td>View and modify settings of remote devices.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Monitor Project</td>
<td>Manage tour task and projects.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 2-1 Control Panel description</p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-499-bookmark37"></a> Device management</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="44" height="41" class="wp-image-518" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-19.jpeg" alt="word image 499 19" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 511"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="828" height="484" class="wp-image-519" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-20.jpeg" alt="word image 499 20" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 512" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-20.jpeg 828w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-20-300x175.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-20-768x449.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 828px) 100vw, 828px" /></p>
<p><a id="post-499-bookmark36"></a> At least one device need to be added firstly before previewing.Click</p>
<p>button in control</p>
<p>panel to enter device management interface, then you can add, or modify, or delete devices,</p>
<p>shown as <strong>Figure 3-1.</strong></p>
<p><strong>Figure 3-1 Device Manager</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-499-bookmark40"></a><a id="post-499-bookmark39"></a> Add devices</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>There are two ways to add devices, auto search and manual add.</p>
<p>■ <strong>Auto: </strong>Search all the devices in your network, and then add the devices based on your need.</p>
<p>You can also edit the IP address by double click the IP address on the list. See as figure 3-2.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="421" height="372" class="wp-image-520" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-21.jpeg" alt="word image 499 21" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 513" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-21.jpeg 421w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-21-300x265.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 421px) 100vw, 421px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 3-2 Device edit</strong></p>
<p>■ <strong>Manual: </strong>Click button</p>
<p>.and input device information to add a device.</p>
<p>Shown as <strong>Figure 3-3.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="307" height="359" class="wp-image-521" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-22.jpeg" alt="word image 499 22" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 514" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-22.jpeg 307w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-22-257x300.jpeg 257w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 307px) 100vw, 307px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 3-3 Add devices</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Items</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Name</td>
<td>Alias in device list.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Connect Mode</td>
<td>IP address /Domain Name or cloud ID.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Cloud ID</td>
<td>Unique identify for each device, enabled when the connect mode is Cloud ID.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IP address</td>
<td>Only enable when the connect mode is IP address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IPV6 address</td>
<td>Enable when the connect mode is IPV6 address.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>IPV6Enable</td>
<td>Used to enable IPV6 address connect mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Port Number</td>
<td>Default 34567, the same as device media port.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Username and password</td>
<td>Default username is admin and password is empty.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Protocol Type</td>
<td>Support TCP and Multicast</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Device Fac</td>
<td>Support InVid-1 and Onvif</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 3-1 Device parameters</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em>Auto method only can add IP address type devices, if you want to add cloud ID, you must add it manually.</em></li>
<li><em>Auto search can search devices in the different network.</em></li>
<li><em>Searched devices can be sorted by IP Address, Port Num, Mac and IPv6 address.</em></li>
<li><em>Devices that have been added are marked in green</em></li>
<li><em>Manual Add support add devices by Onvif protocol.</em></li>
<li><em>Manual Add support add devices by multicast.</em></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-499-bookmark43"></a><a id="post-499-bookmark42"></a> 3.2 Delete devices</p>
<p>Select the devices that you want to delete, and click the delete button to delete it. You can also delete multi devicesat once. You must close the device connection before delete the devices.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="453" class="wp-image-522" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-23.jpeg" alt="word image 499 23" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 515" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-23.jpeg 827w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-23-300x164.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-23-768x421.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 3-4Delete devices</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-499-bookmark45"></a> Chapter 4 Main view</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-499-bookmark49"></a><a id="post-499-bookmark47"></a><a id="post-499-bookmark48"></a> Preview</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="828" height="459" class="wp-image-523" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-24.jpeg" alt="word image 499 24" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 516" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-24.jpeg 828w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-24-300x166.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-24-768x426.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 828px) 100vw, 828px" /></p>
<p>After adding the devices, click</p>
<p>to enter preview interface, shown as <strong>Figure 4-1</strong>.</p>
<p>Figure 4-1 Main View</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>No.</strong></td>
<td><strong>Items</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Device list</td>
<td>Show all the devices that have added. You can connect/disconnect, choose stream, start talk, reboot device and other functions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>View</td>
<td>View list management. It can open the preview windows that saved previously.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>PTZ</td>
<td>PTZ direct control, Zoom in/out, Focus +/-, Iris+/-, Preset, Auto tour and other PTZ functions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>Monitor Project Page up/ Page down Save view</td>
<td>Start/Stop monitor project and task.</p>
<p>Page up/ Page down when the channels cannot display in one page.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>Windows division</td>
<td>Support 1/4/5/6/8/9/13/16/20/25/36/64/128 windows division, and full screen view.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 4-1Preview Function description</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-499-bookmark52"></a><a id="post-499-bookmark51"></a> Preview control</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>The devices management window is shown as node tree, as shown in <strong>Figure 4-2</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="216" height="298" class="wp-image-524" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-25.jpeg" alt="word image 499 25" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 517"></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-2</strong></p>
<p>Before starting preview, you need to connect the device first. Double click on a device, shown as</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="63" height="35" class="wp-image-525" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-26.jpeg" alt="word image 499 26" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 518"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="55" height="32" class="wp-image-526" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-27.jpeg" alt="word image 499 27" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 519"></p>
<p>means connect successfully. Double click again, shown as</p>
<p>means disconnect.</p>
<p>When the device conncet successfully, right click shows control menu as <strong>Figure 4-3</strong></p>
<p>RemoteConfig</p>
<p>Update Channel Name</p>
<p>Open All Channel by Auto</p>
<p>Open All Mainstream</p>
<p>Open All SubStream Open All Mobile Stream</p>
<p>Close All Channels</p>
<p>Start Talk</p>
<p>Sync Time Reboot</p>
<p>Figure 4-3 Right menu</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Items</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Remote Config</td>
<td>View and modify the device’s configuration. For details information please refer to the chapter 7.2.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Update channel name</td>
<td>When the channel name changed, use this function to update its name.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Open All Channel by Auto</td>
<td>Enable this function, when you double click a channel, it will auto select the stream depend on the current bandwidth condition.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Open All MainStream</td>
<td>Open all channels with mainstream.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Open All SubStream</td>
<td>Open all channels with substream.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Open All MobileStream</td>
<td>Open all channels with the triple stream.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Start Talk</td>
<td>Start talk with device.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Sync Time</td>
<td>Sync the device time with PC.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Close All Channels</td>
<td>Close All Channels already opened.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Reboot</td>
<td>Restart the device.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 4-2 Right menu description</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em>Double click on a channel will enter 1 division, only view the channel selected.</em></li>
<li><em>When view in multi divisions, some of the channel may notbe displayed due to the PC performance and stream encode setting.</em></li>
</ul>
<p>• <em>Streamtype will auto select according the screendiv number.</em></p>
<p><a id="post-499-bookmark55"></a><a id="post-499-bookmark54"></a> 4.3View</p>
<p>View List Management function is to save the preview split with a name, so that user can open their previously saved channels only by clicking the saved item in the list. When user want to save</p>
<p>(O&#8217;<sup>1</sup></p>
<p>preferred view, click the icon and set the name of View, it would be saved in the View list.</p>
<p>AS shown in <strong>Figure 4-6.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="305" height="185" class="wp-image-527" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-28.jpeg" alt="word image 499 28" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 520" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-28.jpeg 305w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-28-300x182.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 305px) 100vw, 305px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-6</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-499-bookmark58"></a><a id="post-499-bookmark57"></a> 4.4 PTZ</p>
<p>The Elevate CMS support multi PTZ function such as direction, Zoom in/out, preset and so on.</p>
<p>The detail functions as below.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="828" height="474" class="wp-image-528" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-29.jpeg" alt="word image 499 29" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 521" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-29.jpeg 828w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-29-300x172.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-29-768x440.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 828px) 100vw, 828px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-4 PTZ control</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Items</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Direction control</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li>It support eight directions move.</li>
<li>o&#8217; Start/Stop Auto Scan.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Zoom in/out</td>
<td>Press ^/^^ to Zoom in/out the image.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Focus +/-</td>
<td>Press l-<sup>+</sup>j / *. -i to change the image focus setting.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Iris +/-</td>
<td>Press *■&#8221; / <sup>w</sup> to change the image iris setting.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Speed</td>
<td>The PTZ move speed, support 1~8.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Lighting</td>
<td>Open/Close the light, need the PTZ support.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Preset</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><strong>Add/Delete preset: </strong>Select Preset, click button, input the preset</li>
</ul>
<p>description and click to save, to delete. Click —to return.</p>
<p><strong>&#8230; . . . . 0 </strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Move to preset: </strong>Select Preset number, click <sup>T</sup> to point to the preset</li>
</ul>
<p>place.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto Tour</td>
<td>
<ul>
<li><strong>Add tour: </strong>Select auto tour, click button, add preset to tour and</li>
</ul>
<p>save.</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Start tour: </strong>Select Tour number, click <em><sup>y</sup>-o</em> to Start/Stop tour.</li>
</ul>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto Pan</td>
<td>Rotate in horizontal level.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Auto Scan</td>
<td>Press / to set left/right boarder. And press to Start/Stop Auto</p>
<p>Scan.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Pattern</td>
<td>Press to start/save pattern configuration. And press to Start/Stop</p>
<p>pattern.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Aux</td>
<td>Support custom auxiliary command.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 4-4 PTZ control description</p>
<p><a id="post-499-bookmark61"></a><a id="post-499-bookmark60"></a> 4.5 Other functions</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-499-bookmark64"></a><a id="post-499-bookmark63"></a> Channel Operation Functions</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When start previewing, move the cursor to channel, it will auto show a toolbar in top of image, you can record or capture the image and other functions. Right click the mouse will open another control menu. The detail functions as <strong>Figure 4-5.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="604" height="327" class="wp-image-529" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-30.jpeg" alt="word image 499 30" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 522" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-30.jpeg 604w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-30-300x162.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 604px) 100vw, 604px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 4-5 Preview right menu</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Items</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Q/H</strong></p>
<p>Stop or start record</td>
<td>Start/Stop local recording. ^Bmeans recording. The same function with “<strong>Local Record</strong>”.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>EJIsnapshot</td>
<td>Capture the image, will auto open after capture. The same function with “<strong>Snapshot</strong>”.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>ES/EQ</strong></p>
<p>Mute/Unmute</td>
<td>Start/Stop listening, H means listening. The same function with “<strong>Audio</strong>”.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>E3 </strong>Intercom</td>
<td>Start/Stop intercom, EJmeans intercom. The same function with “<strong>intercom</strong>”.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>151 <sub>7</sub></strong></p>
<p>m3 Zoom</td>
<td>[oJ</p>
<p>Digital zoom, click m3 and select area on image, the selected area will</p>
<p>Zoom in. The same function with “<strong>Enable Zoom</strong>”. You can also achieve zoom in or out by mouse wheel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>^3 </strong>Close window</td>
<td>Close current channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Close All Windows</td>
<td>Close All channels that opened.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Color Control</td>
<td>Change the image settings: Brightness, Contrast, Saturation, and Hue.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Coaxial Control</td>
<td>Control the Analog Camera via UTC function. It just appear while connect UVR.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Full Screen</td>
<td>Choose this function ,the channel video will full screen display, you can exit the full screen via right click.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 4-5 Preview right menu function description</p>
<p><a id="post-499-bookmark66"></a> Chapter 5 Playback</p>
<p><a id="post-499-bookmark68"></a><a id="post-499-bookmark69"></a> Playback as an important function in CCTV system, it can help us to check history record in anytime. The Elevate CMS has already integrated it into the customer management system, and it can support record search base on channels, device record and local record playback, download record into the local host hard-disk and others playback control operation. It’s simple and easy to use.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-499-bookmark70"></a> Record Search &amp; Playback</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="828" height="456" class="wp-image-530" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-31.jpeg" alt="word image 499 31" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 523" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-31.jpeg 828w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-31-300x165.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-31-768x423.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 828px) 100vw, 828px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure5.1 Record Search</strong></p>
<p><strong>Operation Step:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Running Elevate CMS and click the “Playback” button to open the main playback page.</li>
<li>Select “Device” record which is recorded in device storage memory or “Local” record which is recorded in local host storage memory.</li>
<li>Select channels which you want to playback.</li>
<li>Select record type “Record” or “Picture”, subtype “Normal Play” or “Event Play”.</li>
<li>Select time period which you want to playback.</li>
<li>Click “Search”, then you can get search result as below.</li>
<li>Double click record which you want to playback.</li>
<li>You can “download” record in the search result list.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="454" class="wp-image-531" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-32.jpeg" alt="word image 499 32" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 524" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-32.jpeg 827w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-32-300x165.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-32-768x422.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5.2 Record Search Result</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="825" height="458" class="wp-image-532" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-33.jpeg" alt="word image 499 33" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 525" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-33.jpeg 825w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-33-300x167.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-33-768x426.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 825px) 100vw, 825px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 5.3 Device Record Playback</strong></p>
<p><strong>Note:</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>All record channels will play when start to playback. If the channel number is less than 4, the</li>
</ul>
<p>default playback mode is synchronous. Otherwise the default playback mode is asynchronous. Synchronous cannot support more than 4 channels.</p>
<ul>
<li><a id="post-499-bookmark72"></a> Elevate CMS maximum supports 9 channels playback at the same time. Playback performance is also related to the local host computer performance.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-499-bookmark73"></a> Playback Control</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>That is the playback control panel in the red circle of figure 5.3, the detail information for each button as below in the table 5-1.</p>
<p><strong>Table 5-1 Playback Control Guide</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Items</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Play</td>
<td>Play the record, when it turns blue means the current channel is playing.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>(77)</p>
<p>Pause</td>
<td>Pause the record, when it turns blue means the current channel is pausing.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Stop</td>
<td>Stop playing.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[&gt;ll</strong></p>
<p>Next frame</td>
<td>Play frame one by one, once click the button, the image change to pause status and move to next frame.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Slow playing</td>
<td>Play the record in slow mode, it support 1/2x, 1/4x, 1/8x speed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>[&gt;l&gt;</p>
<p>Fast playing</td>
<td>Play the record in fast mode, it support 2x, 4x, 8xspeed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>△</p>
<p>Open file</td>
<td>Open video files in local host computer, it can support video format of “.dav” &amp; &#8220;.avi&#8221;.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Asynchronous</td>
<td>Play the records asynchronously when several channels are playing at the same time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>X</p>
<p>Synchronization</td>
<td>Play the records synchronouslywhen less than 4 channels are playing at the same time.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>X</strong></p>
<p>Close All</td>
<td>Close all the playing record.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Video Clip</td>
<td>Clip record and save it to local host computer. Click to start recording, click again to end.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>[O&#8217;]</p>
<p>Snapshot</td>
<td>Snapshot the image to local host computer.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>s</strong></p>
<p>Full screen</td>
<td>View all channels in full screen mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>oQ&gt;)) &#8216; ■</p>
<p>Volume</td>
<td>Change the volume sound settings.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan="2">Click <sup>24HR 2H</sup>A <sup>1HR 30M</sup> , the timeline will be adjusted to 24 hours, 2</p>
<p>hours, 1 hour, 30 minutes.</p>
<p>If the channel that has record is more than 4, press next <sup>Next</sup> and previous <sup>Prev</sup></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>button to change pages.</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-499-bookmark76"></a><a id="post-499-bookmark75"></a> Download Records</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="454" class="wp-image-533" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-34.jpeg" alt="word image 499 34" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 526" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-34.jpeg 820w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-34-300x166.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-34-768x425.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<p>Operation Step:</p>
<ul>
<li>Select one or more record files in the record search page.</li>
<li>Select download video format “.dav” or “.avi”.</li>
<li>Click “Download” button to start download.</li>
<li>You can find your download file via the path you set in the configuration page.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em>The same channel cannot download and playback at the same time.</em></li>
<li><em>The downloading procedure will be abort when exit file list..</em></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-499-bookmark78"></a> Chapter 6 E-Map</p>
<p><a id="post-499-bookmark80"></a> Elevate CMS supply a E-Map function, that you can organize and view channel status on a map.If there is no map or enter E-Map first time, you need to add a map firstly. Click add button to add a map, input Name, Description and Path to finish add. Shown as <strong>Figure 6-1.</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="657" height="336" class="wp-image-534" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-35.jpeg" alt="word image 499 35" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 527" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-35.jpeg 657w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-35-300x153.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 657px) 100vw, 657px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-1 Add/Modify map</strong></p>
<p>You can preview the map after added. And you can add sub map by click “Add Area” button. Drag the cam from the device list to map can add spots; You can also edit or delete the area and spot. All the cams added on the map shown in thumbnail right bottom; you can open a small window preview by clicking on the small camera icon.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="458" class="wp-image-535" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-36.jpeg" alt="word image 499 36" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 528" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-36.jpeg 827w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-36-300x166.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-36-768x425.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 6-2 Preview map</strong></p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Items</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>EBLE</td>
<td>Direction control, only available when the map is larger than the window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>J:</strong></td>
<td>View the map in full-fill the window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>+ —</strong></td>
<td>Zoom in/out the map.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 6-1 Map control</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em>It only supports .jpg or .bmp format pictures.</em></li>
<li><em>When the alarm is triggered, the corresponding icon on the map turns to red to show alarm.</em></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-499-bookmark81"></a> Chapter 7Configuration</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="50" height="49" class="wp-image-536" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-37.jpeg" alt="word image 499 37" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 529"><a id="post-499-bookmark85"></a><a id="post-499-bookmark83"></a><a id="post-499-bookmark84"></a> Configuration</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click</p>
<p>icon to enter configuration interface, in this interface you can modify the file save</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="458" class="wp-image-537" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-38.jpeg" alt="word image 499 38" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 530" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-38.jpeg 827w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-38-300x166.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-38-768x425.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>path and other configurations of Elevate CMS. Shown as <strong>Figure 7-1.</strong></p>
<p><strong>Figure 7-1 Configuration</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>RecordPath: </strong>Set the path of local record and download.</li>
<li><strong>RecordRule: </strong>Save file name rules, cannot be changed.</li>
<li><strong>PicturePath: </strong>Set the path of local snapshot and download.</li>
<li><strong>PictureRule: </strong>Save file name rules, cannot be changed.</li>
<li><strong>AlarmPicPath: </strong>Set the path of auto snapshot when alarm triggered.</li>
<li><strong>PacketType: </strong>Local record time setting.</li>
<li><strong>DisplayScale:</strong>Corridor pattern setting.</li>
<li><strong>Automatic Overwrite: </strong>if this function enabled, when the storage disk is full, the record will overwrite the earliest record file, if this function disabled, the record will stop when disk is full.</li>
<li><strong>Start with the last state: </strong>The Elevate CMS will remember the current state when exit, it will recover when next time launched.</li>
<li><strong>AutoRun when PC boot: </strong>Auto launch when PC start.</li>
<li><strong>Auto Login: </strong>Auto login when Elevate CMS launched, used with “save password”.</li>
<li><strong>Dynamic Tracking: </strong>Tracking motion, need device support.
<ol>
<li><a id="post-499-bookmark88"></a><a id="post-499-bookmark87"></a> Remote configuration</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>Click nV icon to enter remote configuration interface, you can modify the configurations of device, double click on device to open configuration pages. Shown as <strong>Figure 7-2</strong>.For more detail information please refer to NVR operation manual.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="820" height="456" class="wp-image-538" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-39.jpeg" alt="word image 499 39" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 531" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-39.jpeg 820w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-39-300x167.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-39-768x427.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 820px) 100vw, 820px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 7-2 Remote configuration</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-499-bookmark90"></a> Chapter 8Alarm and Logs</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-499-bookmark94"></a><a id="post-499-bookmark92"></a><a id="post-499-bookmark93"></a> Alarm Management</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="47" height="49" class="wp-image-539" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-40.jpeg" alt="word image 499 40" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 532"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="455" class="wp-image-540" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-41.jpeg" alt="word image 499 41" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 533" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-41.jpeg 827w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-41-300x165.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-41-768x423.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>to open Alarm Manager, modify the alarm setting.</p>
<p><strong>Figure 8-1 Alarm link</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Alarm Type: </strong>Support Outer Alarm, Motion Detect, Video Lost, Video Shelter, Disk Full, Disk Error, Network Disconnection, Line Crossing, Area Intrusion, Region Entrance, Region Exiting, Fast moving, Unattended Object, Object Missing, Face Detection, Loitering Detection, People Gathering, Parking Detection.</li>
<li><strong>Alarm Enable: </strong>Enable/Disable alarm message.</li>
<li><strong>Alarm Prompt Sound: </strong>Play alarm sound when alarm triggered.</li>
<li><strong>Sound path: </strong>Custom sound, only support .wav files.</li>
<li><strong>Auto Watch Warning: </strong>Auto open the channels linked when alarm triggered, Shown as</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Figure 8-2</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="502" height="484" class="wp-image-541" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-42.jpeg" alt="word image 499 42" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 534" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-42.jpeg 502w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-42-300x289.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 502px) 100vw, 502px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 8-2 Alarm link setting</strong></p>
<p>Add video channels to alarm port, when the port alarm triggered, the corresponding channels will be opened automatically. For example: <strong>Figure 8-2, </strong>it means, when channel1 of “192.168.1.10”trigger alarm, channel1 will be opened automatically like <strong>Fugure 8-3. </strong>The linked</p>
<p>channel can also be opened by double click the alarm log in Alarm Event.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="828" height="473" class="wp-image-542" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-43.jpeg" alt="word image 499 43" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 535" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-43.jpeg 828w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-43-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-43-768x439.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 828px) 100vw, 828px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 8-3 Auto Watch Warning</strong></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-499-bookmark97"></a><a id="post-499-bookmark96"></a> Alarms and Events</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p>There always is an alarm window in the bottom of any interface; it includes device alarm and local operation information. Shown as <strong>Figure 8-1</strong></p>
<p>Figure 8-4 Alarm and Event</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><strong>Items</strong></td>
<td><strong>Function Description</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>ft</td>
<td>Show/Hide alarm window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>A</td>
<td>Clear all the alarm or events.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Enable/disable alarm triggered pop-out image</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td></td>
<td>Auto hide alarm window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>□</td>
<td>Maximize alarm window.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#8221; /</td>
<td>Show/Hide alarm window.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 8-4 Alarm and Event function</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="159" class="wp-image-543" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-44.jpeg" alt="word image 499 44" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 536" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-44.jpeg 866w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-44-300x55.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-44-768x141.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<ul>
<li>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-499-bookmark100"></a><a id="post-499-bookmark99"></a> Logs</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="49" height="49" class="wp-image-544" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-45.jpeg" alt="word image 499 45" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 537"></p>
<p>Click</p>
<p>to open Log Search interface, you can view all the alarm and operation logs here.</p>
<p>Select log type and start/end time, all the log searched shown in below. You can also clear all logs.</p>
<p><strong>Figure 8-4 Operation logs</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<p>• <em>Clear log only delete logs write in Elevate CMS, the logs in device is not deleted.</em></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="456" class="wp-image-545" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-46.jpeg" alt="word image 499 46" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 538" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-46.jpeg 827w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-46-300x165.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-46-768x423.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-499-bookmark103"></a> User management</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="43" height="46" class="wp-image-546" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-47.jpeg" alt="word image 499 47" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 539"></p>
<p><a id="post-499-bookmark102"></a> Click</p>
<p>to enter user management interface, there is a default group named “administrator</p>
<p>and a default username named “admin”. You can add a new group by clicking add button in group.</p>
<p>Shown as <strong>Figure 9-1</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="577" height="420" class="wp-image-547" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-48.jpeg" alt="word image 499 48" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 540" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-48.jpeg 577w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-48-300x218.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 9-1 Add group</strong></p>
<p>Input group name and its description, select the rights and device can be management, then click OK to create a new group. Then you can add users to this group by clicking add button in username. Input username and password to finish adding. Shown as <strong>Figure 9-2</strong>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="496" height="318" class="wp-image-548" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-49.jpeg" alt="word image 499 49" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 541" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-49.jpeg 496w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-49-300x192.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 496px) 100vw, 496px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 9-2 Add user</strong></p>
<p>After adding, double click on the username or group can modify their settings, you can change the username’s password, group, and stop/start to use it. For group you can change its rights, devices, and users.</p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em>Default user“admin&#8221; cannot be stop, deleted or change its group.</em></li>
<li><em>Default group “administrator&#8221; cannot be deleted or change its rights.</em></li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li><a id="post-499-bookmark106"></a> Record management</li>
</ol>
<p>can record the camera’s video by schedule without previewing. You can</p>
<p><a id="post-499-bookmark105"></a> Record Manager</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="827" height="457" class="wp-image-549" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-50.jpeg" alt="word image 499 50" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 542" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-50.jpeg 827w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-50-300x166.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-50-768x424.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></p>
<p>set different record schedule for every channel.</p>
<p>Figure 10-1 Record Manager</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>No</td>
<td>Items</td>
<td>Description</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>1</td>
<td>Record packet setting</td>
<td>Set the normal record packet time, alarm record packet time when triggered and the record file format (DAV or AVI).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>2</td>
<td>Storage setting</td>
<td>Set the record storage partition, and the default partition is X:\Schedule</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>3</td>
<td>Device list</td>
<td>All the devices have added.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>4</td>
<td>Schedule setting</td>
<td>Set record schedule for every channel.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>5</td>
<td>Function button</td>
<td>Schedule function, including copy, delete, save and start.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Table 10-1 Record Manager</p>
<p><strong>How to set schedule:</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="492" height="251" class="wp-image-550" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-51.jpeg" alt="word image 499 51" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 543" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-51.jpeg 492w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-51-300x153.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 492px) 100vw, 492px" /></p>
<p>1) Click set button and set the period you want to record.</p>
<p><strong>Figure 10-2 Time Periods setting</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Set alarm link channels, add channels to port, if the alarm in port is triggered, all the channels added start to record (you can add any device’s channel to port). For example: <strong>Figure 10-3</strong>means, when alarm in port1 of ‘192.168.3.231’ is triggered, channel1, channel2, channel3 and channel4 will be recorded automatically.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="560" height="285" class="wp-image-551" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-52.jpeg" alt="word image 499 52" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 544" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-52.jpeg 560w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-52-300x153.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 560px) 100vw, 560px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 10-3 Alarm link setting</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Set motion link channels is familiar with alarm link, when Motion detected, all the channels linked start to record.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em>You need to restart the schedule to take it effect.</em></li>
<li><em>Some device may not support alarm in ports.</em></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>How to watch the schedule recordings:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>If the recording file format is AVI, you can find recordings in X:\Schedule, and open it by media players on PC.</li>
<li>If the recording file format is DAV, you can find recordings in X:\Schedule, and open it by VPlayer.</li>
</ol>
<p><a id="post-499-bookmark109"></a> Chapter 11 Monitor Project</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="38" height="38" class="wp-image-552" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-53.jpeg" alt="word image 499 53" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 545"></p>
<p><a id="post-499-bookmark108"></a> In</p>
<p>Monitor Project, you can manage the tour task and project, press</p>
<p>button in main</p>
<p><a id="post-499-bookmark111"></a> view interface to start/stop the task.</p>
<p><a id="post-499-bookmark112"></a> 11.1 Mission</p>
<p><strong>How to create and start task:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click new button to create a task, input Task name, select window number (the number of windows open when tour, maximum support 36), and Main/Sub Stream. For example: <strong>Figure 10-4</strong>means, channel1 and channel2 will tour in window1.</li>
<li>Change stay time for every channel.</li>
<li>Click OK to finish.</li>
<li>You can modify the settings after added.</li>
<li>In main view interface, press button and select corresponding task to start.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="828" height="473" class="wp-image-553" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-54.jpeg" alt="word image 499 54" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 546" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-54.jpeg 828w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-54-300x171.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-54-768x439.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 828px) 100vw, 828px" /></p>
<p>Select again to stop.</p>
<p><strong>Figure 11-1 Add task</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em>Need to connect the device firstly before adding channels to task.</em></li>
<li><em>Task name cannot be modified.</em></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-499-bookmark115"></a><a id="post-499-bookmark114"></a> 11.2 Project</p>
<p>Multi task can be added to one project, the task will be affected on its start time.</p>
<p><strong>How to create and start Project:</strong></p>
<ol>
<li>Click new button to create a project, input name, select task and start time.</li>
<li>Double click on the task can modify it.</li>
<li>Click OK to finish.</li>
</ol>
<p>4)</p>
<p>In main view interface, press</p>
<p>button and select corresponding project to start.</p>
<p>Select again to stop.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="512" height="312" class="wp-image-554" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-55.jpeg" alt="word image 499 55" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 547" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-55.jpeg 512w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-55-300x183.jpeg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 512px) 100vw, 512px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 11-2 Add project</strong></p>
<p><strong><em>Note:</em></strong></p>
<ul>
<li><em>If the start time is earlier than current time, when the project starts, the task will be activated immediately.</em></li>
<li><em>Project name cannot be modified.</em></li>
</ul>
<p><a id="post-499-bookmark117"></a> Chapter 12 Others</p>
<p><a id="post-499-bookmark121"></a><a id="post-499-bookmark119"></a><a id="post-499-bookmark120"></a> 12.1 Multi-screen Display</p>
<p>The Elevate CMS can separate functional modules to display independently and achieve multiple screen display.</p>
<p>You can drag label page to the other monitor. For example, you can drag ‘E-Map’ to Monitor</p>
<p>2, and watch preview on the Monitor 1.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="866" height="514" class="wp-image-555" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-56.jpeg" alt="word image 499 56" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 548" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-56.jpeg 866w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-56-300x178.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-56-768x456.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 12-1 Drag Label Page</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="850" height="327" class="wp-image-556" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-57.jpeg" alt="word image 499 57" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 549" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-57.jpeg 850w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-57-300x115.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-57-768x295.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 850px) 100vw, 850px" /></p>
<p><strong>Figure 12-2 Multi-screen Display</strong></p>
<p><a id="post-499-bookmark124"></a><a id="post-499-bookmark123"></a> 12.2 Auxiliary Monitor</p>
<p>You can click ’View &#8211; Aux monitor’ to use the auxiliary monitor.</p>
<p><strong>Figure 12-3 Aux monitor</strong></p>
<p>After clicking it, there will be an extra window of preview (you can create three extra windows at most).And then you can drag the extra window to other monitor like the multi-screen display.</p>
<p><strong>Figure 12-4 Aux Monitor</strong></p>
<p><strong>Figure 12-5 Aux Monitor</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="857" height="34" class="wp-image-557" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-58.jpeg" alt="word image 499 58" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 550" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-58.jpeg 857w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-58-300x12.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-58-768x30.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 857px) 100vw, 857px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="828" height="429" class="wp-image-558" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-59.jpeg" alt="word image 499 59" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 551" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-59.jpeg 828w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-59-300x155.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-59-768x398.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 828px) 100vw, 828px" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" width="848" height="326" class="wp-image-559" src="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-60.jpeg" alt="word image 499 60" title="Elevate CMS Full User Manual 552" srcset="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-60.jpeg 848w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-60-300x115.jpeg 300w, https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/word-image-499-60-768x295.jpeg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 848px) 100vw, 848px" /></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/elevate-cms-full-user-manual/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/c3-cms-setup-installation-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/c3-cms-setup-installation-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 26 May 2023 19:29:22 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshooting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[administrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Alarm]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[C3 CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cms software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DDNS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DW Spectrum]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[How to Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Instructions]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Latest]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[latest firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Local Network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[LTS Sapphire]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Motion]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pivot CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Port Forwarding]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Quick User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sapphire]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[System Requirements]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Troubleshoot]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[tutorial]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows 10]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=352</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide, The C3™ CMS program allows users to remotely view and manage their standalone DVR or ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/c3-cms-setup-installation-guide/#more-352" aria-label="Read more about C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide, The C3™ CMS program allows users to remotely view and manage their standalone DVR or NVR systems.  From the application, Users can view live and recorded video, export video, upgrade firmware, and more.</p>
<h2 class="hf-article_title" role="heading" aria-level="1">C3 CMS Overview</h2>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://player.vimeo.com/video/349757331?color=ee7623&amp;title=0&amp;byline=0&amp;portrait=0" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Take a quick tour of the powerful and feature-rich C3™ CMS from Digital Watchdog®. Unlike</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><b>Adding a Site to C3™ CMS</b></p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The C3™ CMS program allows users to remotely view and manage their standalone DVR or NVR systems.  From the application, Users can view live and recorded video, export video, upgrade firmware, and more.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">However, before a user can utilize these features, the recording device will need to be added to the C3™ CMS program.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This article will outline how to connect a new site to C3™ CMS with a direct connection (IP address) and also how to connect with PathFinder.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  If you have not already done so, please install C3™ CMS before continuing.</p>
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Supported/Affected Devices</strong></h1>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>VMAX® A1 Series (2.1 MP)</li>
<li>VMAX® A1 Plus™ Series (5 MP)</li>
<li>VMAX® IP Plus™ Series</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Adding a New Site to C3 CMS</strong></h1>
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Accessing the <em>Site List Add/Edit </em>Menu</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">When adding a site to C3™ CMS:</p>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Launch the C3™ CMS application and log in as the Administrator.</li>
</ol>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Default Username:  <strong style="font-weight: 900;">admin</strong></li>
<li>Default Password:  <strong style="font-weight: 900;">&lt;user’s choice&gt;</strong></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>In the <em>Site List</em> within the left-panel of the C3 CMS viewer, <strong style="font-weight: 900;">right-click</strong> and select “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Add/Edit Site</strong>” from the context menu.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>The <em>Site List Add/Edit </em>window will display.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Refresh</strong>” button.<strong style="font-weight: 900;"> </strong>If the recorder is on the same local network as your computer, it will automatically display in the <em>Sites Found</em> list if detected by C3 CMS.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Otherwise, you can enter the recorder site information manually.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The instructions for automatic detection and manual addition are below.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Scanning (automatic) and Registering Sites</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">C3 CMS will scan the local network (LAN) for VMAX standalone recorders.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Refresh</strong>” button to have C3 scan again.</p>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>If a recorder is detected, the recorder (referred to as a ‘site’) will appear in the <em>Sites Found </em>list on the left-side of the <em>Site List Add/Edit</em> window.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Select the desired recorder from the <em>Sites Found </em>list, then click the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Add</strong>” button to begin the site registration.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">A pop-up will display. Configure the following:</p>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Site Name</strong> – enter a label/name to identify the site</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">User Name</strong> – enter the login ID to the VMAX recorder (default ID – admin)</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Password</strong> – enter the login password to the VMAX recorder</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">IP Address</strong> – lists the IP address of the detected site</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Port </strong>– lists the <em>TCP/IP Port </em>value that belongs to the VMAX recorder</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Web Port</strong> – lists the <em>Web Port </em>value that belongs to the VMAX recorder</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Channel</strong> – enter the channels that will be available to view for C3 CMS. For example, to view all 16-channels of a unit, you would use “1-16”.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>After verifying that the detected site information is correct, click the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">OK</strong>” button in the pop-up. The site will then appear listed in the <em>Registered Sites </em>list.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Repeat Step 1 and Step 2 for any additional detected sites that you wish to add.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">When finished, click the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">OK</strong>” button to close the <em>Site List Add/Edit </em>window and return to the main C3 CMS viewing area. The sites that you have added will appear listed in the left-panel under the <em>My Sites </em>section.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Manually Registering Sites</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To manually add a new site:</p>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>In the <em>Site List Add/Edit </em>menu, click on the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">New Site</strong>” button that appears in the <em>Group/Sites </em>area of the window.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>The <em>New Site</em> window will display.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Configure the following for the new recorder site:</p>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Use P2P</strong> – [optional] enable this setting to use a <em>PathFinder ID</em> to connect with a site instead of using a direct connection (IP address, DDNS). When enabled, the <em>Model, Port, </em>and <em>Web Port </em>settings will not be necessary for a P2P connection and will be disabled in C3 CMS for the site registration. For more information on this connection option, please see the section below, titled “<em>Registering Sites with PathFinder (P2P)</em>”.</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">IP/Domain Address</strong> – manually enter the IP address or DDNS URL that is assigned to the VMAX recording unit. Keep in mind that when using a direct connection with a computer that is outside of the local network (LAN) of the recorder, port forwarding may be required.</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Model</strong> – select the VMAX series that best represents your standalone recording unit
<ul>
<li>For a VMAX A1 Plus or VMAX IP Plus model, please select “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">VMAX Plus Series</strong>”</li>
<li>For a VMAX A1 (2.1 MP) or older/legacy VMAX (960H) models, please select “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">VMAX Series</strong>” to add the recorder to C3 CMS (limited support available). Not all legacy units can be added.</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Port</strong> – enter the TCP/IP port value that is assigned in the recorder’s <em>Network </em>settings</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Web Port</strong> – enter the Web port value that is assigned in the recorder’s <em>Network</em> settings</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">User ID</strong> – enter the username that is used to log in to the VMAX recorder (default ID – admin)</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Password</strong> – enter the login password that is used to log in to the VMAX recorder (password is created during initial recorder setup).</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  Digital Watchdog does not provide port forwarding services. If router assistance is required, please contact your company’s IT department, network administrator, or your contracted alarm company.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>When done, click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Verify</strong> button. C3 CMS will validate the information and will add the new site if the connection information passes. If validation fails, a failure message will display. Ensure that the connection information and login information is entered correctly, including case-sensitivity.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>If the connection information, model series, and login credentials were entered correctly, the <em>Site Name</em> and <em>Channel</em> boxes will become enabled.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Enter a <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Site Name</strong> [optional].  This determines how the site will be labeled in the C3™ CMS program.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Enter the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Channels</strong> that you would like to monitor from C3™ CMS (e.g., 1-16 is for all 16 channels from the selected DVR).</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The MAC address and firmware version of the VMAX unit will automatically generate if validation is successful.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">OK </strong>button to close the site setup window and proceed.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>If the site is added successfully, it will display in the <em>Registered Sites</em> list.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">OK</strong>” button in the confirmation pop-up, then click the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">OK</strong>” button to close the <em>Site List Add/Edit</em> window.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>The sites that you have added will appear listed in the left-panel under the <em>My Sites </em>section in the main viewing area.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To view your cameras, <strong style="font-weight: 900;">drag and drop</strong> the site into the viewing area.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Alternatively, you may <strong style="font-weight: 900;">drag and drop</strong> each camera separately into the viewing area, as they display in the <em>Devices</em> list.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Registering Sites with PathFinder (P2P)</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To manually add a new site using a PathFinder ID:</p>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>In the <em>Site List Add/Edit </em>menu, click on the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">New Site</strong>” button that appears in the <em>Group/Sites </em>area of the window.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>The <em>New Site</em> window will display.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Configure the following for the new recorder site:</p>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Use P2P</strong> – enable this setting to use a <em>PathFinder ID</em> to connect with a site instead of using a direct connection (IP address, DDNS). When enabled, the <em>Model, Port, </em>and <em>Web Port </em>settings will not be necessary for a P2P connection and will be disabled in C3 CMS for the site registration.</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">P2P Address </strong>– enter the <em>PathFinder ID</em> of the VMAX recording unit.</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Model</strong> – disabled when “<em>Use P2P</em>” is enabled</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Port</strong> – disabled when “<em>Use P2P</em>” is enabled</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Web Port</strong> – disabled when “<em>Use P2P</em>” is enabled</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">User ID</strong> – enter the username that is used to log in to the VMAX recorder (default ID – admin)</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Password</strong> – enter the login password that is used to log in to the VMAX recorder (password is created during initial recorder setup)</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>When done, click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Verify</strong> button. C3 CMS will validate the information and will add the new site if the connection information passes. If validation fails, a failure message will display. Ensure that the connection information and login information is entered correctly, including case-sensitivity.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>If the connection information, model series, and login credentials were entered correctly, the <em>Site Name</em> and <em>Channel</em> boxes will become enabled.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Enter a <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Site Name</strong> [optional].  This determines how the site will be labeled in the C3™ CMS program.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Enter the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Channels</strong> that you would like to monitor from C3™ CMS (e.g., 1-16 is for all 16 channels from the selected DVR).</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The MAC address and firmware version of the VMAX unit will automatically generate if validation is successful.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">OK </strong>button to close the site setup window and proceed</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>If the site is added successfully, it will display in the <em>Registered Sites</em> list.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">OK</strong>” button in the confirmation pop-up, then click the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">OK</strong>” button to close the <em>Site List Add/Edit</em> window.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>The sites that you have added will appear listed in the left-panel under the <em>My Sites </em>section in the main viewing area.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To view your cameras, <strong style="font-weight: 900;">drag and drop</strong> the site into the viewing area.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Alternatively, you may <strong style="font-weight: 900;">drag and drop</strong> each camera separately into the viewing area, as they display in the <em>Devices</em> list.</p>
<h2 class="hf-article_title" role="heading" aria-level="1">C3 CMS Feature Tutorial: Add a Camera</h2>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://player.vimeo.com/video/361429141?color=ee7623&amp;title=0&amp;byline=0&amp;portrait=0" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>A brief video to show you how easy it is to add a camera to the user interface in C3™ CMS.</p>
<h2>C3 CMS Feature Tutorial: Dual Windows</h2>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://player.vimeo.com/video/361429157?color=ee7623&amp;title=0&amp;byline=0&amp;portrait=0" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>A brief video to show you how easy it is to use dual windows in C3™ CMS.</p>
<h2>C3™ CMS Feature Tutorial: Import a Site</h2>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://player.vimeo.com/video/361189937?color=ee7623&amp;title=0&amp;byline=0&amp;portrait=0" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>A short video to show you how easy it is to import a site into C3™ CMS.</p>
<h2>C3 CMS Feature Tutorial: Panoramic Views</h2>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://player.vimeo.com/video/361428911?color=ee7623&amp;title=0&amp;byline=0&amp;portrait=0" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>A brief video to show you how easy it is to create panoramic views in C3™ CMS.</p>
<div role="heading" aria-level="1">
<h2>C3 CMS Feature Tutorial: Timeline Search</h2>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://player.vimeo.com/video/361429009?color=ee7623&amp;title=0&amp;byline=0&amp;portrait=0" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe>&nbsp;</p>
<p>A brief video to show you how easy it is to locate video by using the timeline to search in C3™ CMS</p>
<h2>C3 CMS Overview: User Interface</h2>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://player.vimeo.com/video/361428937?color=ee7623&amp;title=0&amp;byline=0&amp;portrait=0" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>A brief video to quickly show you how the dynamic features in the C3™ CMS user interface.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;"><b>CMS Software Crashes</b></strong></p>
<h1><strong>Software Issues</strong></h1>
<p>When monitoring the camera video of your standalone recording unit from a computer, it is recommended to use a viewing application for added convenience.  However, if you are experiencing software crashes when using either Pivot CMS or the C3CMS program and have double-checked your site settings for any typos, some troubleshooting may be required.</p>
<p>This article will outline troubleshooting methods for resolving CMS software crashes.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Update Viewing Software</strong></h1>
<p>A common cause of software crashes is outdated firmware.  If your viewing software or recording unit is using an outdated version, some communication may still occur, but is unlikely to go without experiencing some issues.</p>
<p>Check that you are using the latest version of your viewing software by comparing the version currently being used to the published version that is posted in the <a href="https://digital-watchdog.com/downloads/?all_downloads" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DW Resource Library</a>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/10-17/983d8bfb-3851-42e7-a26b-bb2bbb38d318/image-20221017150840-2.png" alt="image 20221017150840 2" width="669" height="931" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 578"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>To check the current version of C3 CMS:</b></p>
<ol>
<li>Click on the <b>About</b> icon (?).</li>
<li>Take note of the currently installed version.  The displaying window will notify you a new version is available for download and installation.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/10-17/c067ffd4-b7cb-4361-8bf3-28477fd8d480/image-20221017150840-3.png" alt="image 20221017150840 3" width="471" height="334" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 579"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>Click the <b>Update</b> button to prompt the system to download and install the new software version.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>To check the current version of Pivot CMS:</b></p>
<ol>
<li><b>Right-click</b> in the <i>Sites List</i> of Pivot CMS.</li>
<li>At the bottom of the context menu, identify the currently installed version under <i>Ver. x,x,x,x</i> (e.g. <i>Ver.1,1,1,1</i>).</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/10-17/db62f2f2-8efd-4f92-a9d9-195c73eb0326/image-20221017150840-4.png" alt="image 20221017150840 4" width="355" height="530" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 580"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>Compare the currently installed version to the published version on the <a href="https://digital-watchdog.com/productdetail/Pivot-Central-Monitoring-Software/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><b>Pivot CMS Details</b></a> web page.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Update Recording Unit</strong></h1>
<p>Check that you are using the latest firmware version for your recording unit.</p>
<p>To check the recording unit’s currently installed firmware version:</p>
<ol>
<li>Log in at the recording unit as the <b>admin</b> user.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li><b>Right-click</b> with your mouse, then select <b>Menu</b> (some models refer to this as <i>Setup Menu</i>).</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>Select <b>System</b>, then select <b>System Information</b>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The currently installed firmware build will appear under <i>Version</i>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/10-17/afcd3d16-bb80-44d0-8064-3201066004ec/image-20221017150840-5.png" alt="image 20221017150840 5" width="594" height="429" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 581"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>For more information for upgrading your recording unit’s firmware, use one of the articles below:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/307-upgrading-firmware-for-a-vmax-dvr/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><b>Upgrading Firmware For A VMAX DVR</b></a></li>
<li><a href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/306-upgrading-firmware-for-a-vmax-a1-2-1mp/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><b>Upgrading Firmware For A VMAX A1 (2.1 MP)</b></a></li>
<li><a href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/354-upgrading-firmware-for-a-vmax-a1-plus-5-mp/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><b>Upgrading Firmware For A VMAX A1 Plus (5 MP)</b></a></li>
<li><a href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/312-upgrading-firmware-for-a-vmax-ip-plus/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><b>Upgrading Firmware For A VMAX IP Plus</b></a></li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Check Compatibility</strong></h1>
<p>Before installing any viewing applications to your computer, it is a good idea to ensure that the software will be compatible with your recording unit.</p>
<p>Check the compatibility table from <a href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/172-application-compatibility-list/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><b>Application Compatibility List</b></a> to confirm that you are using the correct software for your DVR or NVR.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/10-17/d61076d2-7ad5-426a-81e1-812d429f01c2/image-20221017150840-6.png" alt="image 20221017150840 6" width="798" height="617" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 582"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Test with A Demo Site</strong></h1>
<p>If you are experiencing software issues only when connecting to your recording unit, and not when initially launching the application, connect with a demo site to confirm if the issue only occurs with your unit.</p>
<p>Digital Watchdog offers demo sites for you to sample our collection of recording units.</p>
<ol>
<li>Open a web browser and select the <a href="https://digital-watchdog.com/searchresults/?search=demo" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><b>Demo Site</b></a><i> </i>that best represents your recording model.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>Use the provided <b>IP Address</b>, <b>Ports</b>, and <b>User Login</b> to create a demo site in your viewing application.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/10-17/a090c1d1-b7df-4fad-867e-175b41a1512d/image-20221017150840-7.png" alt="image 20221017150840 7" width="790" height="570" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 583"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>If the issue persists when connecting with the demo site, it is possible that the issue is isolated to your computer or your network.</li>
</ol>
<p>If the issue does not persist with the demo site, make sure that your recording unit’s firmware is up to date, power-cycle your DVR, or delete and create your site again.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Check System Compatibility</strong></h1>
<p>If your recording unit is operating normally, separate from the issues with your viewing software, it is possible that you are experiencing a client-side issue.</p>
<p>Make sure that you are not overloading your system by running unnecessary applications in the background of your computer.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol>
<li>Make sure that your computer meets the minimum system requirements for running the software.</li>
</ol>
<p>This information is located under the <i>System Requirements</i> tab of the software’s product page.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/10-17/e43a0432-c511-4295-83a4-08c4d9e53b38/image-20221017150840-8.png" alt="image 20221017150840 8" width="780" height="529" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 584"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>If your computer meets the minimum <i>System Requirements</i> of the software, check that your computer’s processor is not being overloaded.</li>
</ol>
<p>Open the <b>Task Manager</b> on your computer and inspect the overall performance of your computer.  You can open or close the viewing application to see how it affects your computer’s processes.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>**NOTE:</b>  If your CPU usage is reaching 98% &#8211; 100%, you may be overloading your computer and may want to consider using a computer with better processing hardware.  Close all unnecessary applications to improve performance.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/10-17/77c2053c-8161-49ec-a30c-dc7ef00d1e37/image-20221017150840-9.png" alt="image 20221017150840 9" width="383" height="400" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 585"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>**NOTE:</b>  Some software conflicts may also be caused due to antivirus software.  If you believe that your computer’s antivirus software may be preventing the CMS program from running, check the virus and threat protection settings to check the program permissions.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Use Basic Display (C3CMS)</strong></h1>
<p>The C3CMS viewing application features the option to change the display quality of the software.</p>
<p>If you are using a computer without an external graphics card, it is recommended to change the <b>Display</b> setting to <b>Basic Display</b> to improve performance.</p>
<ol>
<li>Launch the C3CMS program.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>Click on the <b>Settings</b> <b>(gear icon)</b> menu.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/10-17/242c1e31-76c1-4d3f-bb07-f8e4482b163f/image-20221017150840-10.png" alt="image 20221017150840 10" width="262" height="85" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 586"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>Under the <i>Application</i> tab, enable the <b>Basic Display</b> setting.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/10-17/fb36aa7f-3377-4049-8485-449d04860252/image-20221017150840-11.png" alt="image 20221017150840 11" width="624" height="582" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 587"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Clean Reinstall</strong></h1>
<p>If you are experiencing a client-side issue and have used the above troubleshooting recommendations, you may want to consider performing a clean reinstallation of the viewing application.  This process will completely remove the viewing application from your computer, which will need to be reinstalled to create your viewing site again.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><b>Installing C3CMS (Macintosh)</b></p>
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">C3™ Central Monitoring System</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The C3™ CMS software program allows users to remotely view and manage their standalone DVR or NVR systems from the convenience of their desktop computer.  From the application, users can view live and previously recorded video, export video, upgrade firmware, and more by connecting to VMAX standalone recorders</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This article will outline how to install C3™ CMS on a Macintosh computer and how to set a password for the application.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  C3™ CMS for Macintosh only supports the C3 desktop client.  A computer with Windows OS is required to use the C3 Event Server program for access to event alerts and system health monitoring through the C3 platform.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">If you are installing C3™ CMS on a Windows computer, please read <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Clean Reinstalling C3 CMS (Windows)</strong>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Supported/Affected Devices</strong></h1>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>VMAX® A1 Series (2.1 MP)</li>
<li>VMAX® A1 Plus Series (5 MP)</li>
<li>VMAX® IP Plus Series</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Installing C3™ CMS on Macintosh</strong></h1>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>To obtain the .DMG installation file for C3™ CMS, open a web browser and visit the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">C3™ CMS product page</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Scroll down and click on the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Software</strong>” tab.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Select the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Version</strong> of C3 CMS that you want to install (Macintosh) and click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Download</strong> icon to download the installation file.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Open the downloaded .DMG file, then <strong style="font-weight: 900;">drag</strong> the C3™ CMS application into your <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Applications</strong> folder.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  If your Macintosh blocks the installation, it is likely because your computer is recognizing the program as a third-party software. Please read <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Installing Third Party Applications On Macintosh</strong> for more information.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Launch the application.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Open your <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Applications</strong> folder, then <strong style="font-weight: 900;">double-click</strong> on the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">C3™ CMS</strong> application.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>The C3™ CMS login screen will display.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Enter the following default login credentials:</p>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Username:  <strong style="font-weight: 900;">admin</strong></li>
<li>Password:  <strong style="font-weight: 900;">&lt;set by the user&gt;</strong></li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  This completes the initial installation of the C3™ CMS application.  To learn how to add your recording unit to the program, please read <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Adding A Site to C3 CMS</strong>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Creating a Password [optional]</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To create a password:</p>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Log in to the C3™ CMS application.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Click on the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Configuration</strong> <strong style="font-weight: 900;">icon</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>The <em>Configuration</em> menu will display.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click on the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">User Account</strong> tab.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Select the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">admin</strong>” user from the user list, then click the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Edit</strong>” button.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Enter a password for the <em>admin</em> account in the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Password</strong> box.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Enter the password again in the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Confirm Password</strong> box.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Save</strong> button to apply the changes.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  This password will be applied to the C3 CMS program, not your recording unit.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">It is recommended that you do not disable any of the <em>Permissions</em> for the administrator account.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><b>Manually Scaling C3™ CMS DPI Settings to 1080p Resolution</b></p>
<h1><strong>High-DPI Resolution Display Issues</strong></h1>
<p>When using high resolution display monitors greater than 1080p HD, C3™ CMS may not scale the display resolution correctly. This means that if you are using a 2K or 4K display monitor, the program window and/or display text may appear to be “shrunken” and generally too small on the screen, causing the application text to be fuzzy and unreadable to the user.</p>
<p>In this event, users can manually change the DPI (dots per inch) scaling of the C3 CMS program in the <i>Properties </i>settings of the application.</p>
<p>This article will outline how to manually change the display resolution of C3 CMS application for high resolution displays encountering display scaling issues with the C3 CMS program.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Changing High-DPI Scaling</strong></h1>
<ol>
<li>Locate the C3 CMS .exe file in the <i>File Explorer</i> application.</li>
</ol>
<p><b>Right-click </b>on the executable file (.exe) and select “<b>Properties</b>”.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/03-10/1896507d-290b-4728-92e2-ad1ee55b19f6/image-20220309174728-1.png" alt="image 20220309174728 1" width="800" height="696" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 588"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>The <i>Properties</i> pop-up will display.</li>
</ol>
<p>Select the <b>Compatibility </b>tab.</p>
<p>Click on the “<b>Change high DPI settings</b>” button.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/03-10/100a7f8e-8650-465f-b123-6761c6c241d7/image-20220309174728-2.png" alt="image 20220309174728 2" width="403" height="541" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 589"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>Change the resolution settings” to set the resolution.</li>
</ol>
<p>Some Windows 10 users may not see a “1080” DPI scaling option (depending on the Win10 build version). In this event, enable the “<b>Override high DPI scaling behavior…</b>” setting.</p>
<p>Select “<b>Application</b>” to allow the program to bypass system-wide scaling and define its own scaling parameters for high DPI monitors.</p>
<p>This issue occurs on a case-by-case basis, you may need to experiment with the three above options to find which option works best for you.</p>
<p>Your options will appear as follows:</p>
<ul>
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul>
<li><b>Application</b> – Disables all Windows scaling settings and only use the app developer&#8217;s setting. This option does not allow for user customizations, but instead uses the default application display settings. This option was previously called “<i>Disable display scaling on high DPI settings</i>” in previous versions of Windows.</li>
<li><b>System</b> – Overrides the program’s DPI settings and makes it run like it would on a low-DPI display. On a high-DPI display, this will make the program appear blurry.</li>
<li><b>System (Enhanced)</b> – Windows will try to use enhanced DPI scaling for this program. As a result, some programs will display with crisp text on high-DPI displays. This won&#8217;t work for all programs, but is worth trying.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>When finished, click the “<b>OK</b>” button to save the settings and close the pop-up.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/03-10/17821998-1f30-4ff3-919c-51e5e45697f1/image-20220309174728-3.png" alt="image 20220309174728 3" width="336" height="398" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 590"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Microsoft Information Source:</b>  <a href="https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/make-older-apps-or-programs-compatible-with-windows-10-783d6dd7-b439-bdb0-0490-54eea0f45938" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/make-older-apps-or-programs-compatible-with-windows-10-783d6dd7-b439-bdb0-0490-54eea0f45938</a></p>
<h1><strong>Adding User Passwords In C3CMS</strong></h1>
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Password Protection</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Implementing password protection for the C3™ CMS program is optional, but is recommended when multiple users will be utilizing the same workstation computer to monitor camera streams through the C3CMS program.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This article will outline how to change the Administrator password for the C3™ CMS program.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Note:</strong>  This will not affect the login credentials of any recording units that are connected to the workstation computer through the network.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Note:</strong>  If you have already applied an Administrator password for C3CMS and have forgotten the password, the C3CMS program must be completely clean reinstalled to reset the login credentials.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">If you must perform a clean reinstallation, please read <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Clean Reinstalling C3CMS (Windows)</strong>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Supported/Affected Devices</strong></h1>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Workstation Computer</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Changing The Password</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To change the Administrator password for C3CMS:</p>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Launch the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">C3CMS </strong>application on the computer.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Log in</strong> to C3CMS.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">By default, the login for C3CMS is:</p>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li style="list-style-type: none;">
<ul>
<li>User Name:  <strong style="font-weight: 900;">admin</strong></li>
<li>Password:  &#8212; (blank)</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Click on the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Configuration icon</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Select the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">User Account</strong> <strong style="font-weight: 900;">tab</strong> at the top of the <em>Configuration</em> menu.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click on <strong style="font-weight: 900;">admin</strong>, then click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Edit button</strong>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Enter the new password into the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Password</strong> and <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Confirm Password</strong> fields.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Save</strong> button, then click <strong style="font-weight: 900;">OK</strong> to apply the changes.</p>
<p><img decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/03-27/dd2d4df4-4271-425b-8297-a3f3a1dc0909/image-20200327103259-7.png" alt="image 20200327103259 7" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 591"></p>
<h2>C3™ CMS Feature Tutorial: Add a Site</h2>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://player.vimeo.com/video/361189927?color=ee7623&amp;title=0&amp;byline=0&amp;portrait=0" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></p>
<p>DW® C3™ CMS Feature Tutorial: Add a Site from Digital Watchdog on Vimeo.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>A short video to show you how easy it is to add a site to C3™ CMS.</p>
<h2 class="hf-article_title" role="heading" aria-level="1">C3 CMS Feature Tutorial: Events Search</h2>
<p>C3 CMS Feature Tutorial: Events Search</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://player.vimeo.com/video/361429128?color=ee7623&amp;title=0&amp;byline=0&amp;portrait=0" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></p>
<h2 class="hf-article_title" role="heading" aria-level="1">C3 CMS Feature Tutorial: Layouts</h2>
<p>C3 CMS Feature Tutorial: Layouts</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://player.vimeo.com/video/361428882?color=ee7623&amp;title=0&amp;byline=0&amp;portrait=0" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></p>
<h2 class="hf-article_title" role="heading" aria-level="1">C3 CMS Feature Tutorial: Thumbnail Search</h2>
<p>C3 CMS Feature Tutorial: Thumbnail Search</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" src="https://player.vimeo.com/video/361429093?color=ee7623&amp;title=0&amp;byline=0&amp;portrait=0" width="640" height="360" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen" data-mce-fragment="1"></iframe></p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><b>Clean Reinstallation of C3™ CMS (Windows)</b></p>
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Clean Reinstallation</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">By completely uninstalling, then reinstalling the C3 CMS desktop software, users can resolve most client-side issues and can create a new admin login for the C3 CMS program.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This article will outline how to uninstall C3 CMS, as well as how to reinstall the C3 CMS software.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  Please be aware that by completing a clean reinstallation of the C3 CMS software, site information will be deleted.  You will need to know the connection information (IP address, DDNS, PathFinder, etc.) of your recording unit to configure and reestablish a connection with the recording unit. You can find this information within the <em>Network</em> settings of the recording unit.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Supported/Affected Devices</strong></h1>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>VMAX® A1 Series (2.1 MP)</li>
<li>VMAX® A1 Plus Series (5 MP)</li>
<li>VMAX® IP Plus Series</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Clean Reinstallation of C3™ CMS</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">When normally uninstalling programs from a computer, there is often data left behind regarding user preferences, settings, and other database information even after removing the program and its executable files. These program files will remain present as “orphan files” and can often reintegrate with the parent application (in this case, C3 CMS) upon reinstallation, essentially prevent any intended changes from taking effect during the reinstallation process.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This section will outline how to completely remove C3 CMS and the MariaDB programs from the computer for a clean reinstallation.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Uninstalling C3™ CMS</strong></h2>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Prompt the uninstallation of C3 CMS by opening <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Programs and Features</strong> tool in the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Windows Control Panel</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Select C3 CMS</strong> from the program list, then select <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Uninstall</strong>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Select “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Yes</strong>” for the removal of the configuration files.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The wizard will inform you once the uninstallation has been completed.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Uninstalling the MariaDB</strong></h2>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Locate and <strong style="font-weight: 900;">select MariaDB</strong> from the program list, then select <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Uninstall</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The <em>Maria DB Setup Wizard</em> will display.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Using the <em>MariaDB Setup Wizard</em>, click <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Next</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Select <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Remove</strong>, then select <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Remove data</strong>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Remove</strong> button to begin the uninstallation.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The wizard will inform you once the uninstallation has been completed.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Installing C3™ CMS</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This section will outline how to install the C3 CMS program for the first time or after performing a clean uninstallation of the application.</p>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>To <strong style="font-weight: 900;">download the installation file</strong> for the C3 CMS software, open a web browser and go to the <strong style="font-weight: 900;"><a style="font-weight: 400;" href="https://digital-watchdog.com/productdetail/C3_CMS/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">C3 CMS product page</a></strong>, located on the Digital Watchdog website.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Scroll down</strong> and click on the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Software tab</strong>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Download icon</strong> to acquire the installation file for C3 CMS.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Run the C3 CMS installation file</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This file is likely located in the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Downloads</strong> folder of your computer.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>In the <em>Select Setup Language</em> screen, <strong style="font-weight: 900;">select your preferred language</strong>, then click <strong style="font-weight: 900;">OK</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Click <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Next</strong>, then select the <em>Destination Location</em> for the configuration files.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">By default, the folder destination is <em>C:\Program_Files\C3 CMS</em>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Accept the file location or select <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Browse</strong> to select another location.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Next</strong> to proceed.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Select the <em>Components</em> to include with the installation, then click <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Next</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  The <em>C3EventServer</em> agent will allow users to view system reports from C3 CMS.  It is recommended to include this with the installation.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>The <em>Select Start Menu Folder </em>screen will display.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Accept the shortcut location or select <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Browse</strong> to select another location.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Next</strong> to proceed.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>The <em>Additional Tasks</em> screen will display.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To include desktop shortcuts for C3 CMS and the Event Server, check the boxes, then click <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Next</strong>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>A summary of the installation will display.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Install</strong> to proceed.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>The <em>Microsoft Visual C++ </em>screen will display.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click in the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">I agree to the license terms and conditions </strong>checkbox<strong style="font-weight: 900;">,</strong> then click <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Install</strong>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The wizard will inform you once the installation is complete.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Applying Administrator Password</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">If you would like to add an Administrator password for the C3 CMS login, please read <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Adding User Passwords In C3 CMS</strong>.</p>
<h1><strong>Exporting Video Footage with C3™ CMS</strong></h1>
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Exporting Video</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">When utilizing C3™ CMS to monitor your recording system, it becomes possible to export previously recorded video footage through this desktop software.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The following article will outline the various ways that you can export video footage from a recording unit directly to your computer with the C3 CMS software including:</p>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Streaming Backup (specified time period)</li>
<li>File Backup (hour-long blocks)</li>
<li>Scheduled Backup (set schedule for automatic backup)</li>
<li>Scheduled FTP Upload (backup for multiple sites to a dedicated backup server)</li>
<li>Password Encryption (require a password to view exported video files)</li>
<li>Viewing Exported Video (how to view SSF/AVI files containing exported video)</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  If you have not added your DVR or NVR site to the C3 CMS software, please read <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Adding a Site to C3 CMS</strong> before proceeding.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  If you are connected to your recorder site using the <em>PathFinder</em> P2P function (PathFinder ID), please be aware that the remote backup features will not function.  To perform a remote backup, the recorder site must be registered to C3 CMS using an IP address or DDNS address to maintain a direct connection.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Supported/Affected Devices</strong></h1>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>VMAX® A1 Series (2.1 MP)</li>
<li>VMAX® A1 Plus Series (5 MP)</li>
<li>VMAX® IP Plus Series</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Performing a Backup</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">When a standalone recorder archives camera video footage, the video files will be stored in the local storage drive (HDD) that is installed within the VMAX unit. This previously recorded video footage can be reviewed locally at the recorder itself, but it can also be retrieved through C3 CMS.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">In addition to the convenience of using a computer desktop application for regular viewing, video files can also be exported/backed-up directly to the computer. Below are a few of the remote backup options that the C3 CMS service provides.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Streaming Backup</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This method is different than using the <em>Site Backup</em> feature of C3 CMS as users are able to be more specific with the timeframe of the target footage for backup, rather than being limited to only exporting footage in hour-long blocks.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To use the <em>Streaming </em><em>Backup</em> feature to export video through C3 CMS:</p>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>From the left pane, under “<em>Resources</em>”,<em> </em>select a site from the <em>Sites</em> list and begin viewing video. To view video, <strong style="font-weight: 900;">drag-and-drop</strong> the registered recorder from the <em>Site List</em>, that is located on the left-hand side of the window in the <em>Resources </em>panel.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>After beginning to view the site, search for your footage by clicking on the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Calendar</strong> icon in the bottom pane to display the <em>Calendar Search</em> feature.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Use the <em>Calendar</em> to specify the date and time of the desired video playback.  In the <em>Calendar</em>, dates that are highlighted in yellow represents previously recorded video that is available for playback.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">After making your selections in the <em>Calendar</em>, the <em>Timeline</em> will activate at the bottom pane of the window. You may use the mouse wheel to zoom-in closer or to zoom out further on the <em>Timeline</em>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  If the bottom pane is currently hidden, click the collapsible tab at the bottom of the window to display the viewing controls.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>To select which cameras you would like to view (and soon export video for) select the target video channels in the main viewing area. The <em>Timeline </em>will show a green ribbon to represent the searchable video.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:</strong>  Breaks in the green ribbon on the <em>Timeline </em>are normal. Empty areas represent either the fact that you have not selected all of the desired cameras in the viewing area and/or the camera settings in the recorder have been set to only archive footage when motion has been detected by the camera.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Using the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">right mouse button</strong>,<strong style="font-weight: 900;"> click-and-drag</strong> in the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Timeline</strong> to highlight the desired timeframe.  You can click and slide the <em>Start</em> and <em>End</em> points with your mouse if an adjustment needed.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Alternatively, to set up the <em>Streaming Export</em>, <strong style="font-weight: 900;">right-click </strong>in the <em>Timeline</em> at the starting point of your desired section of footage, then select “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Backup Start Set</strong>”.  A <em>Start</em> marker will display on the <em>Timeline</em>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To set the ending point of your desired section of footage, <strong style="font-weight: 900;">right-click</strong> at the end of your desired footage, then select “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Backup End Set</strong>”.  An <em>End </em>marker will display on the <em>Timeline</em>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>The section of footage marked on the <em>Timeline</em> will be highlighted in yellow and the <em>Streaming Backup</em> settings will display.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">In the <em>Streaming Backup</em> window, configure the following setting before continuing:</p>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Device Name, IP address, max channels </strong>– these settings will list the connection settings for the registered site</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Path</strong> – under the <em>Device Information </em>section, select a save location to where the export the backup video files will be stored on the computer</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">SSF Files/AVI Files </strong>– select between exporting the video to .SSF format or .AVI format. Use “SSF Files” if you are exporting video from more than one video channel.
<ul>
<li>.AVI is still supported by some third party media players</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">SSF Player Export </strong>– enable this option to include the standalone <em>Backup Player</em> executable (.exe) with the backup files.  This is recommended if the files are going to be shared with anyone that does not use C3 CMS or does not have a media player that will support .SSF format.</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Backup Setting</strong> – select the video channels to include for the selected section of footage. To export all of the video channels, enable “<em>ALL Channel</em>” to create backup files for all video channels. The more channels that are selected, the larger the file size will be.</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Start Time / End Time</strong> – verify or adjust the start and end points of the video export as needed.</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Once your specifications have been set, click the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Backup Start</strong>” button to begin the backup.  The processing time will vary depending on the length of the footage and the number of channels that were selected.  You may click the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Stop</strong>” button at any point to abort the process early.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Once the export process has been completed, a confirmation message will display.  Click the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">OK</strong>” button to close the pop-up.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The exported footage and Backup Player will be saved in the destination (<em>Path</em>) folder that was specified in the <em>Streaming Backup</em> settings window.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">File Backup Dialog</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To export video through <em>File Backup</em>:</p>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Open the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Top Menu</strong> and select “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Backup</strong>”.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>The <em>Backup</em> window will display.  Under “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">My Sites</strong>”, select the target site for the backup.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Under the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Site Information</strong> section, verify that the address information is correct.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">For “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Path</strong>”, determine the location where the video file will be saved in the computer.  To change the file pathing, click the ellipses (…) button.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Use the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Calendar</strong> to select a specific recording date.  Days colored in GREEN represents that there is video recorded for that day.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Under the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Backup Time</strong> section, choose the time of the footage that you would like to backup.  In the <em>File Backup</em> dialogue, footage may only be backed up by the hour.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Under the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Channels to Backup </strong>section, specify which channels you would like to include in the backup.  By default, all channels will be included.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Click the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Start</strong>” button to begin the backup process.  The progress bar at the bottom of the <em>Backup </em>window will display the status of the backup.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Scheduled Backup</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Use C3 CMS to periodically backup video files on a set schedule with the <em>Schedule Backup </em>feature.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">**NOTE:  </strong>The computer must remain turned on during the runtime for the scheduled backup for this feature to work.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To set up <em>Schedule Backup</em>:</p>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Open the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Top Menu</strong>, then click on “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Backup</strong>”.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The <em>Backup </em>window will display.  Click on the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Schedule Backup</strong>” tab.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>In the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">My Sites </strong>panel, select the site that you will be periodically backing up.  The device information will display in the <em>Site Information</em> area.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Path</strong>” setting will determine the location where the video file will be saved on the computer.  To change the file pathing, click the ellipses (<strong style="font-weight: 900;">…</strong>) button and select the new file location.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>In the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Backup Date</strong> section, set the start date and end date of the backup period of the scheduled backup.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Enable the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Continue</strong>” setting to have C3 CMS backup footage, beginning at the designated starting date, and to continuously backup video beyond the set end-date.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">In the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Channels to Backup</strong> section, select which channels to include in the backup.  Enable “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">ALL Channels</strong>” to include all video channels in the backup.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>In the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Server Schedule</strong> section, set the days of the week and hours of day that C3 CMS will backup footage for.  Click-and-drag to mark grid.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Under the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Backup Run Time</strong> section, set the hour of the day that the backup process is allowed to run.  Click-and-drag to mark in the grid.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>At the bottom of the window, enable [optional] “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Start Scheduled Backup when OS Starts</strong>” to execute backup when the OS of the computer starts.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Once the settings have been configured, click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Save</strong> button.  C3 is ready to begin following the schedule upon clicking saving the settings.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>The scheduled backup will appear in the <em>Scheduled Backup List </em>menu. Click on the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Scheduled Backup List</strong>” tab to view a list of the scheduled backups.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h2><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Scheduled FTP Upload</strong></h2>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The <em>Schedule FTP Upload</em> function is supported for stable backup for multiple sites.  To use the <em>Schedule FTP Upload</em> function, the FTP server must be operated on the backup PC.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To set up the <em>Schedule FTP Upload</em> function:</p>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Open the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Top Menu</strong>, then click on “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Backup</strong>”.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The <em>Backup </em>window will display.  Click on the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Schedule FTP Upload</strong>” tab.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Under the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">My Sites </strong>section, click on a site that you are setting this feature for.  The device information will display in the <em>Site Information</em> area.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Set the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Path</strong> of the backup file.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Under the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Upload Date</strong> section, choose the dates to upload.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">If you check the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Continue</strong>” box, the setting will be designated from the start date to the present date.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">If you check the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Latest</strong>” box, the setting will start from the previous day and proceed like continuous backup.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Under the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Channels to Backup</strong> section, select which channels to include in the backup.  Enable “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">ALL Channels</strong>” to select all channels.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Under the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">FTP Server Information</strong> section, configure the following:</li>
</ol>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Host</strong> – enter the backup server’s IP Address</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Port</strong> – 22 (default; if limited, you may enter a different port)</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">User</strong> – enter the FTP server ID</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Password</strong> – enter the FTP server password</li>
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Home Path</strong> – set the home path set in the FTP</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>At the bottom of the window, enable [optional] “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Start Scheduled Backup when OS Starts</strong>” to execute backup when the OS of the computer starts.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Once the settings have been configured, click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Save/Connect Test</strong> button to test the connection and save the settings.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Scheduled FTP Upload List</strong> tab to view the scheduled backup.  The last downloaded file will display, not the time of the last data uploaded.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">At the bottom of the window, set the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Delete Old Folders</strong>” and “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Days</strong>” settings to configure the auto deletion of old recordings of the <em>Scheduled FTP Upload</em> feature.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">File Password</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">C3 users have the option to utilize the <em>File Password</em> menu, which allows the encrypting of exported video files and will require users to enter a password to view them.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To set up a <em>File Password</em> in C3 CMS:</p>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Open the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Top Menu</strong>, then click on “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Backup</strong>”.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The <em>Backup </em>window will display.  Click on the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">File Password</strong>” tab.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>The <em>File Password </em>menu will display.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Select the file location from the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Drive List</strong><em>, then </em>select the backup file in the <em>Backup File List</em> that you would like to encrypt.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>In the File<em> Encryption </em>area, create a password to protect the selected file(s).</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Encryption</strong>” button to encrypt the selected file(s) and apply the password.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>To change or delete the encryption password, select the file, then enter the login password to the site.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Enable the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">No password</strong>” setting to disable the current password altogether.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Enter a new password in the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">New Password</strong>” and “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Confirm Password</strong>” settings to change the password to something else.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Save</strong>” button when finished to apply the settings.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Viewing Exported Video Footage with C3 CMS</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To play exported footage, users may use the C3 CMS <em>Backup Viewer </em>feature or standalone player version (<em>Streaming Backup </em>setting).</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">To use the <em>Backup Viewer</em> to view an exported video file:</p>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>If you are using the C3 CMS desktop application, click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Player</strong> icon that is located next to the <em>Calendar</em> in the bottom panel.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">If you do not have C3 CMS and are trying to view an exported video, use the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">C3Player </strong>executable (.exe) program that was included when the video export was created.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>In the <em>File Drive List</em> section, <strong style="font-weight: 900;">select the file directory </strong>(folder) that contains the video files.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">If the files are password protected, enter the password in the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">File Password</strong>” box to decrypt the video footage files for viewing.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Next, in the <em>TTX File List</em> section, select the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">One</strong>” tab to view one channel at a time during playback.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Alternatively, select the “<strong style="font-weight: 900;">Multi</strong>” tab to view multiple channels simultaneously during playback.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Double-click</strong> on a video file to begin viewing the exported video file.</p>
<h1><strong>Installing Third Party Applications On Macintosh</strong></h1>
<h1><strong>Blocked Software</strong></h1>
<p>When installing Digital Watchdog software to a Macintosh, the computer may not recognize the software as a trusted application.  When this occurs, the Macintosh computer automatically blocks the installation of applications, categorizing them as third-party software.</p>
<p>This article will outline how to temporarily disable the security lock to allow the installation of Digital Watchdog applications to a Macintosh computer.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Supported/Affected Devices</strong></h1>
<ul>
<li>VMAX Series (Legacy)</li>
<li>VMAX 960H Series (Legacy)</li>
<li>VMAX Flex Series (960H)</li>
<li>VMAX A1 Series (2.1 MP)</li>
<li>VMAX A1 Plus Series (5 MP)</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Opening Blocked Software On Macintosh</strong></h1>
<p>When initially attempting to run installation tools for unrecognized applications, Macintosh computers will typically block the installation software from running.</p>
<p>To open blocked software on Macintosh:</p>
<ol>
<li>Open the <b>System Preferences</b><i> </i>menu.</li>
</ol>
<p><b>Note:</b>  If you do not know where to open the <i>System Preferences </i>menu on your Macintosh, open the <i>Finder</i> application and search for <i>System Preferences</i>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>Navigate to the <b>Security &amp; Privacy</b> menu.</li>
</ol>
<p>Select the <b>General</b> tab.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-08/a3f56b20-ef07-4eea-8c36-3147bbf6025a/image-20200408090939-1.png" alt="image 20200408090939 1" width="540" height="438" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 592"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>If you have attempted to run a blocked application, it may appear in the bottom half of the <i>General</i> tab.</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the <b>Open Anyway</b> button to allow the one-time installation of the application.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-08/66302393-8d69-4114-81a6-76ed9e6d2128/image-20200408090939-2.png" alt="image 20200408090939 2" width="540" height="438" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 593"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="4">
<li>A confirmation window will display.  Click the <b>Open</b> button to proceed with running the installation software.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-08/13bacf61-7a79-41f7-b1eb-5c38c6f9183b/image-20200408090939-3.png" alt="image 20200408090939 3" width="420" height="220" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 594"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="5">
<li>If you would like to disable this security setting on your Macintosh, click the <b>Lock</b> <b>icon</b> at the bottom of the <i>General </i>tab.</li>
</ol>
<p>Enter your computer’s login to disable this setting.</p>
<p>To re-enable this setting, click the <b>Lock icon</b> again and re-enter your computer’s login.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-08/91687bcd-4da7-450e-9ee0-df099361490e/image-20200408090939-4.png" alt="image 20200408090939 4" width="540" height="438" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 595"></p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;"><b>Upgrading Firmware with C3 CMS (Windows)</b></strong></p>
<h1><strong>Upgrade Remotely with C3 CMS</strong></h1>
<p>With C3™ CMS, firmware can be easily upgraded from your Windows computer, rather than having to physically go to your recording unit to perform the process.</p>
<p>This article will outline how to use the C3 CMS program to remotely upgrade the firmware of a standalone DVR or NVR.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>**NOTE:</b>  The remote firmware upgrade process is not available for the MacOS version of C3 CMS.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Related KB Articles:</b></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/349/pivot-cms-setup-guide/">Pivot CMS Setup Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/342/dw-spectrum-quick-user-guide/">LTS Sapphire Password Reset Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/342/dw-spectrum-quick-user-guide/">DW Spectrum Quick User Guide</a></li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Supported/Affected Devices</strong></h1>
<ul>
<li>VMAX A1 Series (2.1 MP)</li>
<li>VMAX A1 Plus Series (5 MP)</li>
<li>VMAX IP Plus Series</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Downloading the Firmware File</strong></h1>
<p>To upgrade firmware using C3 CMS, download the new firmware file for uploading.</p>
<p>To download firmware files:</p>
<ol>
<li>Open a web browser and visit the <a href="https://digital-watchdog.com/downloads/?all_downloads" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">DW Resource Library</a>.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>Use the <i>Resource Library </i>and search for your DW product model:
<ol>
<li><b><i>Product Category – </i></b>click in the drop-down and select the product type, then enter the <i>Part Number </i>of the DW product into the search box. Select your product from the results.</li>
<li><b><i>Free Search – </i></b>enter the product or model number of your product into the search box. Select your product from the results.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/10-17/e86eb603-9300-4d3f-8b07-7be980805412/image-20221017122914-11.png" alt="image 20221017122914 11" width="605" height="523" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 596"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>After selecting the <i>Part Number</i>, click the <b>Search</b> button.</li>
</ol>
<p>In the <i>Results</i>, scroll down and locate the “<i>Firmware</i>” section.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/10-17/ad6e9bfa-bc77-4c37-9e25-341db9d97761/image-20221017122914-12.png" alt="image 20221017122914 12" width="603" height="539" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 597"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="4">
<li>Identify the correct firmware version for your product and download the correct <b>Version</b> of firmware for your DW product.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>**NOTE:</b>  When <a href="https://support.digital-watchdog.com/kb/article/312-upgrading-firmware-for-a-vmax-ip-plus/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">upgrading firmware for a VMAX IP Plus</a>, make sure that you are using the correct firmware version for the hardware generation of your NVR.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Upgrading with C3EventServer</strong></h1>
<p>To upgrade your standalone DVR or NVR through C3 CMS:</p>
<ol>
<li>Launch the <b>C3EventServer</b> application.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>**NOTE:</b>  The <i>C3EventServer</i> program is included when initially installing the C3 CMS application to a Windows computer.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/10-17/81edbaab-cce7-4c83-a135-01fe3ae87172/image-20221017122914-13.png" alt="image 20221017122914 13" width="224" height="129" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 598"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>The <i>C3 CMS Agent</i> will display.</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on <b>Health Check.</b></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/10-17/50561a80-22e1-4dda-a1e4-93aad260c5db/image-20221017122914-14.png" alt="image 20221017122914 14" width="573" height="409" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 599"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>The <i>Event Server</i> window will open, then display the <i>Health Check</i> tab.</li>
</ol>
<p>Select your <b>Site</b> from the <i>Site List</i> or <b>double-click</b> on the site in the <i>Status Window</i>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/10-17/2831f457-c647-44dc-ba67-fa2af86fc84f/image-20221017122914-15.png" alt="image 20221017122914 15" width="799" height="371" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 600"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="4">
<li>Scroll down and locate the <b>Remote Management</b> section, then click on <b>F/W Upgrade</b>.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/10-17/51062c55-e1fc-4ae1-b151-37b74af26336/image-20221017122914-16.png" alt="image 20221017122914 16" width="800" height="549" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 601"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="5">
<li>Click on the <b>ellipses (…)</b> button, then select the new firmware file.</li>
</ol>
<p>Click the <b>Upgrade</b> button to start the backup.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2022/10-17/62b0238f-9312-4425-b60a-2977ea480e21/image-20221017122914-17.png" alt="image 20221017122914 17" width="404" height="219" title="C3 CMS Setup Installation Guide 602"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="6">
<li>The DVR or NVR will reboot once the firmware upgrade has been completed.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>**NOTE:  </b>C3 CMS will not notify you when the upgrade has been completed.  Use the <i>Health Check</i> tool to confirm the currently applied firmware version (FW Version).</p>
</div>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/c3-cms-setup-installation-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
		<media:content url="https://player.vimeo.com/video/349757331" medium="video" width="1920" height="1080">
			<media:player url="https://player.vimeo.com/video/349757331" />
			<media:title type="plain">DW® C3™ CMS Overview</media:title>
			<media:description type="html"><![CDATA[Take a quick tour of the powerful and feature-rich C3™ CMS from Digital Watchdog®. Unlike Any Other.™ http://bit.ly/2Z72wrv]]></media:description>
			<media:thumbnail url="https://www.dvrcms.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/05/C3-CMS-Setup-Installation-Guide.jpg" />
			<media:rating scheme="urn:simple">nonadult</media:rating>
		</media:content>
	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Pivot CMS Setup Guide</title>
		<link>https://www.dvrcms.com/pivot-cms-setup-guide/</link>
					<comments>https://www.dvrcms.com/pivot-cms-setup-guide/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[admin]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 26 May 2023 19:14:09 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[How To]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[PC Software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[administrator]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[camera]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cameras]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[client]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[cms software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Computer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Configuration]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Connect]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Dahua]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Dahua Toolbox]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[devices]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[download]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[DW Spectrum]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Firmware]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Information]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Installation]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[live video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[LTS Sapphire]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[MONITOR]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[network]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Password Reset Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Pivot CMS]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Play Video]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Playback]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Quick User Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Record]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Recording]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Sapphire]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[set up]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setting]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[settings]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Setup Guide]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[software]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Support]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[video player]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[web browser]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Windows]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://www.dvrcms.com/?p=349</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Pivot CMS Setup Guide, The Pivot CMS program allows users to easily access and monitor camera video from the comfort ... <p class="read-more-container"><a title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide" class="read-more button" href="https://www.dvrcms.com/pivot-cms-setup-guide/#more-349" aria-label="Read more about Pivot CMS Setup Guide">Read More</a></p>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Pivot CMS Setup Guide, The Pivot CMS program allows users to easily access and monitor camera video from the comfort of a personal computer.  Acting as an extension of the recording unit, Pivot CMS provides some of the same functions of a DVR or NVR such as:</p>
<h2 class="hf-article_title" role="heading" aria-level="1">Pivot CMS Functions</h2>
<h1><strong>Using Pivot CMS</strong></h1>
<p>The Pivot CMS program allows users to easily access and monitor camera video from the comfort of a personal computer.  Acting as an extension of the recording unit, Pivot CMS provides some of the same functions of a DVR or NVR such as:</p>
<ul>
<li>Live Monitoring</li>
<li>Video Playback/Search</li>
<li>Footage Export/Backup</li>
<li>Firmware Upgrade</li>
</ul>
<p>This article will outline how to use these functions in Pivot CMS.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Supported/Affected Devices</strong></h1>
<ul>
<li>VMAX Series (Legacy)</li>
<li>VMAX Flex Series</li>
<li>VMAX 480 Series</li>
<li>VMAX 960H Series</li>
<li>VMAX A1 Series (2.1 MP)</li>
<li>VMAX IP Plus Series</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Site Setup</strong></h1>
<p class="CxSpFirst"><i>Sites</i> contain the network connection information that Pivot CMS uses to communicate with your recording unit.  To use the viewing functions of Pivot CMS, each recording unit must have their own <i>Site</i> created.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">
<p>If you still must create a <i>Site</i> for your recording unit in Pivot CMS, please read <b><u><a href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/367-adding-and-removing-sites-in-pivot-cms/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Adding and Removing Sites in Pivot CMS</a></u></b>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Live Monitoring &amp; Searching Video</strong></h1>
<p>There are three ways to access live streams or playback through Pivot CMS:</p>
<ul>
<li>Live/Search Connect</li>
<li>Drag and Drop</li>
<li><i>Site List</i> Context Menu</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Live/Search Connect</b></p>
<ol>
<li>To view live video, select your <b>Site</b> from the <i>Site List</i>, then click the <b>Live Connect</b> button.</li>
</ol>
<p><b>Note:</b>  The yellow highlight that appears around the viewing channels in Pivot CMS represents which channel will display Channel-1 from the DVR/NVR at the time of connection.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/70b1708a-b1e0-4ff5-85e3-d7adc90bb48c/image-20200414153203-21.png" alt="image 20200414153203 21" width="787" height="564" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 648"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>To view playback video, select your <b>Site </b>from the <i>Site List</i>, then click the <b>Search Connect</b> button.</li>
</ol>
<p><b>Note:</b>  When searching video through Pivot CMS, video will only display for cameras that have recorded video for the point in time that you are viewing.  Use the <i>Search Calendar</i> and <i>Timeline </i>at the bottom of the window to search through the video archives.</p>
<p>Text overlay will appear in a red color while searching video.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/4ef27eb7-317e-4c6b-8e05-9ca4aa0303eb/image-20200414153203-22.png" alt="image 20200414153203 22" width="802" height="543" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 649"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/02ed3c62-7f6e-4472-b864-1820d31f38a8/image-20200414153203-23.png" alt="image 20200414153203 23" width="802" height="212" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 650"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Drag and Drop</b></p>
<ol>
<li><b>Drag and </b>drop your <b>Site</b> from the <i>Site List</i>, into a viewing channel of your choice.</li>
</ol>
<p><b>Note:</b>  The <i>Site</i> will list the cameras that are connected to the DVR/NVR.  If you drag/drop the entire <i>Site</i>, then all of the cameras will be prompted to display in Pivot CMS.  However, if you only drag/drop a single camera over, then only that camera will be prompted to display video.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/c549ce7c-388b-4e73-8f42-dab42afa78b7/image-20200414153203-24.png" alt="image 20200414153203 24" width="742" height="529" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 651"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>Two icons will display in the channel.</li>
</ol>
<p>Select the icon <b>without the magnifying glass</b> to prompt the <b>Live Monitoring</b> function.</p>
<p>Select the icon <b>with the magnifying glass</b> to prompt the <b>Search</b> function</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/0c253867-194c-40ff-8db0-7c92fddf738a/image-20200414153203-25.png" alt="image 20200414153203 25" width="95" height="79" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 652"> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/8532b979-66cd-4a70-ace8-d68169439d1a/image-20200414153203-26.png" alt="image 20200414153203 26" width="95" height="79" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 653"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Site List Context Menu</b></p>
<ol>
<li><b>Right-click </b>on your <i>Site</i> to prompt the <i>Site List </i>context menu.</li>
</ol>
<p>Select <b>Live</b> from the context menu to prompt the <b>Live Monitoring</b> function.</p>
<p>Select <b>Search</b> to prompt the <b>Search</b> function.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/71d2dcca-8ce4-4b99-b830-34fc5ffbe7dd/image-20200414153203-27.png" alt="image 20200414153203 27" width="740" height="537" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 654"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Backup/Export Footage</strong></h1>
<p class="CxSpFirst">Pivot CMS allows users to remotely backup select video footage from their DVR/NVR, without having to be directly in front of the recording unit.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">
<p class="CxSpMiddle"><b>Note:</b>  The <i>Remote Backup</i> feature will export footage in .PSF format.  Use the <i>Pivot_Player</i> program to view .PSF format files.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle"><i>Pivot_Player</i> is included with the installation of Pivot CMS, by default.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/faaf200d-9479-49be-89ec-e2bab8259ec7/image-20200414153203-28.png" alt="image 20200414153203 28" width="87" height="86" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 655"></p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">
<p class="CxSpLast">To backup footage using Pivot CMS:</p>
<ol>
<li>Before beginning the backup process, confirm that the footage that you will be exporting can be searched and viewed.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li><b>Right-click</b> on your <i>Site </i>to prompt the <i>Site List</i> context menu.</li>
</ol>
<p>Select <b>Remote Backup</b> from the context menu.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/b3c14071-227b-4b9c-abf9-918f765e6f0f/image-20200414153203-29.png" alt="image 20200414153203 29" width="731" height="550" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 656"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>The <i>Remote Backup</i> window will display.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <i>System Connection Info</i> will already be filled out, based on your <i>Site</i> settings.  Click the <b>Connect </b>button.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/a14de471-a894-40a7-979c-25d5633c7718/image-20200414153203-30.png" alt="image 20200414153203 30" width="802" height="383" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 657"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>Click the <b>Create Directory</b> button.</li>
</ol>
<p>Select the <b>Directory</b> where the .PSF footage file will save.</p>
<p>Enter a <b>File Name</b> to label the footage file.</p>
<p>Click the <b>Save</b> button to confirm the <i>Directory</i> settings.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/a828a43b-b961-493b-b0e5-b894f43d4c20/image-20200414153203-31.png" alt="image 20200414153203 31" width="803" height="406" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 658"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>Select the <b>Start</b> and <b>End</b> times of the footage that you will be exporting.</li>
</ol>
<p>Select the <b>Channels</b> that you want to export video from.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Note:</b>  Video will not export if there is no available for the selected cameras at the designated <i>Start time</i>.  It is recommended to include multiple channels when setting up the video export.</p>
<p>If you must export footage that covers a large period of time, it is recommended to break up the footage into separate files.</p>
<p>This increases the success rate of the video backup.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/cff1ddc9-091e-431d-aef4-ea07a58f848d/image-20200414153203-32.png" alt="image 20200414153203 32" width="803" height="383" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 659"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="4">
<li>Click the <b>Start Backup</b> button to begin the remote backup.</li>
</ol>
<p>The overall file size and progress will display in the <i>Backup Progress</i> area.</p>
<p>Depending on the size of the footage file, this process may take several minutes.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/0485d2ee-f59f-413d-b63c-67e1ec9d06d7/image-20200414153203-33.png" alt="image 20200414153203 33" width="803" height="384" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 660"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="5">
<li>Pivot CMS will notify you once the backup has completed.</li>
</ol>
<p>Use the <b>Pivot_Player</b> program to play the .PSF footage file.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/c78a096b-1acc-4d8e-879f-1a5d3085b1f1/image-20200414153203-34.png" alt="image 20200414153203 34" width="142" height="128" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 661"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Firmware Upgrade</strong></h1>
<p class="CxSpFirst">Upgrading firmware for a DVR or NVR through Pivot CMS is performed from the comfort of your computer, rather than having to be directly in front of the recording unit.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">
<p class="CxSpMiddle"><b>Obtaining Firmware</b></p>
<p class="CxSpLast">If you do not yet have a copy of the firmware update file:</p>
<ol>
<li>Open a web browser and visit <b><u><a href="https://digital-watchdog.com/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">https://digital-watchdog.com</a></u></b> to obtain the firmware update file.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>Enter the <b>Model Number</b> of your DVR or NVR into the search box.  This information is located on the sticker, physically on top of the recording unit.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/63b5a999-e3db-4c2f-9e12-69014f116277/image-20200414153203-35.png" alt="image 20200414153203 35" width="803" height="396" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 662"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>Scroll down the product page and locate the <b>Software</b> tab.</li>
</ol>
<p class="CxSpFirst"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/00b26099-8c6e-42a0-98cb-f3be49823cbc/image-20200414153203-36.png" alt="image 20200414153203 36" width="802" height="394" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 663"></p>
<p class="CxSpLast">
<ol start="4">
<li>Make sure that you download the correct <b>Version</b> of firmware for your recording unit.</li>
</ol>
<p>You can determine which <i>Version</i> to use by the first three letters of the unit’s serial number (S/N), located on the sticker, physically on top of the recording unit.</p>
<p>Alternatively, you can compare the currently installed <i>Firmware</i> version of the recording unit, located in the <i>System Information </i>menu of the unit.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/ef56cd05-2a7a-41ac-9a3e-d4cd058d9cc9/image-20200414153203-37.png" alt="image 20200414153203 37" width="802" height="331" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 664"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Upgrading Firmware</b></p>
<p>To upgrade firmware using Pivot CMS:</p>
<ol>
<li><b>Right-click</b> on your <i>Site</i> to prompt the <i>Site List </i>context menu.</li>
</ol>
<p>Select <b>Firmware Upgrade</b> from the context menu.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/210305b0-0c1e-4d75-84e3-adae2c702d27/image-20200414153203-38.png" alt="image 20200414153203 38" width="743" height="544" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 665"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>The <i>Firmware Upgrade</i> window will display.</li>
</ol>
<p>The <i>Device </i>information will already be filled out, based on your <i>Site</i> settings.  Click the <b>Connect </b>button.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/b156bfe4-b202-4365-8e95-13c7928a225f/image-20200414153203-39.png" alt="image 20200414153203 39" width="746" height="347" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 666"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>Click the <b>Open </b>button, under <i>Firmware File Directory</i>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Locate and select the <b>firmware upgrade</b> file.</p>
<p>Click the <b>Open</b> button to use the selected firmware file.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/b27b0fd1-20f6-4590-bfff-314134251944/image-20200414153203-40.png" alt="image 20200414153203 40" width="803" height="440" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 667"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="4">
<li>Click the <b>Start Upgrade</b> button to begin the remote upgrade.</li>
</ol>
<p>Pivot CMS will notify you once the upgrade has been completed.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Note:</b>  During this process, Pivot CMS will upload the firmware upgrade to the recording unit before installing the update.  Do not unplug the unit before the upgrade has completed.</p>
<p>The DVR or NVR will reboot once the upgrade is complete.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/a23bef03-57be-487a-80cc-77c1e51559ce/image-20200414153203-41.png" alt="image 20200414153203 41" width="745" height="347" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 668"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/cd0cff72-0ae1-400e-a46e-354c7e0d0353/image-20200414153203-42.png" alt="image 20200414153203 42" width="142" height="128" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 669"></p>
<h2 class="hf-article_title" role="heading" aria-level="1">Adding and Removing Sites in Pivot CMS</h2>
<h1><strong>Pivot CMS Sites</strong></h1>
<p>When using Pivot CMS, each connection to your recording device requires the network and login information to stream video from the recorder.  Users will need to create <i>Sites</i> to enable the ability to connect and monitor devices from a personal computer.  Once a connection is established through a <i>Site</i>, depending on their assigned permissions, users may monitor live camera video, playback previously recorded footage, export footage, and upgrade firmware (depending on the recorder model) through Pivot CMS.</p>
<p>This article will outline how to create or to delete a new <i>Site</i> in the Pivot CMS application.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Note:</b>  Pivot CMS is only compatible with Windows operating systems.  If you have yet to install the Pivot CMS application, please read the installation section of <b><u><a href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/334-clean-reinstalling-pivot-cms-windows/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Clean Reinstalling Pivot CMS (Windows)</a></u></b>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Supported/Affected Devices</strong></h1>
<ul>
<li>VMAX Series (Legacy)</li>
<li>VMAX Flex Series</li>
<li>VMAX 480 Series</li>
<li>VMAX 960H Series</li>
<li>VMAX A1 Series (2.1 MP)</li>
<li>VMAX IP Plus Series</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Adding A Site</strong></h1>
<p>When creating a new <i>Site</i> in Pivot CMS, the connection with the recording unit will rely on network communication between your computer and the DVR/NVR.  If you have yet to set up the network configuration for your standalone recording unit, take the time to do so now.</p>
<p>If needed, you may read the following support articles for guidance:</p>
<ol>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/how-to/345/lts-sapphire-password-reset-guide/">LTS Sapphire Password Reset Guide</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/342/dw-spectrum-quick-user-guide/">How to Setup Dahua Toolbox</a></li>
<li><a href="https://www.dvrcms.com/cms-software/342/dw-spectrum-quick-user-guide/">DW Spectrum Quick User Guide</a></li>
</ol>
<p>To add a new <i>Site </i>to Pivot CMS:</p>
<ol>
<li>Launch the <b>Pivot</b> application, then log in as the <b>Administrator</b>.</li>
</ol>
<p>The login for the Pivot CMS program is created when launching Pivot CMS for the first time, after installation.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/036eb04a-cb76-4c5e-b855-841a874cb199/image-20200414104345-19.png" alt="image 20200414104345 19" width="58" height="70" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 670"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/be22d6d1-d23b-4bce-9b9e-2bbf8ae77602/image-20200414104345-20.png" alt="image 20200414104345 20" width="357" height="165" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 671"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li><b>Right-click</b> in the <i>Sites List</i>, then select <b>Add Site</b>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Alternatively, you can click the <b>Setup</b> tab, then click <b>CMS Setup</b>.  Click the <b>Add </b>button.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/e1c0eac9-4d32-479a-bf8c-bff5193010e1/image-20200414103320-3.png" alt="image 20200414103320 3" width="482" height="577" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 672"></p>
<p>or</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/d738c468-a7ad-4236-bf85-59eb320f1226/image-20200414103320-4.png" alt="image 20200414103320 4" width="632" height="788" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 673"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>The <i>Registration</i> window will display.</li>
</ol>
<p>Enter a <b>Name</b> for the <i>Site</i>.</p>
<p>Select the correct <b>Model</b> of your recording unit.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Note:  </b>For this guide, we will use the VMAX A1 Demo as an example.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/d6066b8d-2214-4ea0-9357-c5030e89aee7/image-20200414103320-5.png" alt="image 20200414103320 5" width="431" height="403" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 674"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="4">
<li>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> or <b>URL</b> of the recording unit.</li>
</ol>
<p>Enter the <b>TCP/IP</b> <b>Port</b> and <b>Web Port</b> of the recording unit.  This information can be found in the <i>Network</i> menu of the DVR/NVR.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Note:</b>  The VMAX A1 and VMAX 960H Core only use a single port (<i>Network Port</i>) to communicate.  Pivot CMS will automatically disable the <i>Web Port</i> box upon selecting one of these two models.</p>
<p><b>Note:</b>  The VMAX Series (Legacy) uses three ports.  Use its <i>TCP/IP Port</i> and <i>Web Port</i> settings for use with Pivot CMS.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/4246ff9c-fbc7-41d2-9400-daaa08d44bf9/image-20200414103320-6.png" alt="image 20200414103320 6" width="431" height="403" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 675"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="5">
<li>Enter the <b>ID</b> and <b>Password</b> of the DVR/NVR.  This is the login information that you use to access the recording unit.</li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li>Default User ID:  admin</li>
<li>Default Password:  &#8212; (blank)</li>
</ul>
<p>Enter the <b>Channels</b> that you will be viewing.  For example, for a 16-channel DVR, use 1-16 to view channels one through sixteen.</p>
<p>Click the <b>OK</b> button to proceed.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/c41f9c1e-72ff-4de8-b415-2c01825954d5/image-20200414103320-7.png" alt="image 20200414103320 7" width="431" height="403" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 676"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="6">
<li>The <i>Site</i> will now display in the <i>Sites List</i>.</li>
</ol>
<p>To use the <i>Site</i>, you may either use the connection options in the toolbar under the <b>Main</b> tab.  Alternatively, you may <b>right-click</b> on the <i>Site</i> and select your connection option.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Note:</b>  If you must adjust a setting for the <i>Site</i>, use <b>Edit Site</b> to reopen the <i>Registration</i> window.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/1fd89025-2693-44ef-96cc-9f48ea42ae14/image-20200414103320-8.png" alt="image 20200414103320 8" width="802" height="425" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 677"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Removing A Site</strong></h1>
<p>To delete a <i>Site</i> from Pivot CMS:</p>
<ol>
<li>Click the <b>Setup</b> tab, then click <b>CMS Setup</b>.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>Click in the <b>Checkbox</b> next to the <i>Site</i> that you are deleting.</li>
</ol>
<p>Click the <b>Remove</b> button to delete the selected <i>Site</i>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-14/5ec1562d-3872-4f28-9f11-b48e7fd3ded6/image-20200414103320-9.png" alt="image 20200414103320 9" width="496" height="554" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 678"></p>
<h2 class="hf-article_title" role="heading" aria-level="1">Clean Reinstalling Pivot CMS (Windows)</h2>
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Clean Reinstallation</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">By completely uninstalling, then reinstalling the Pivot Central Monitoring Software (CMS) to a computer, users can resolve most client-side issues and reset the Administrator login for the Pivot CMS program.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This article will outline how to uninstall Pivot CMS, as well as how to reinstall the Pivot CMS software.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Note:</strong>  Please be aware that by completing a clean uninstallation of the Pivot CMS software, loss of connection information will occur.  If you do not know the IP address or port numbers of your recording unit, you can find this information in the <em>Network</em> settings of the recording unit.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Supported/Affected Devices</strong></h1>
<ul style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>VMAX Analog Series (960H)</li>
<li>VMAX A1 Series (2.1 MP)</li>
<li>VMAX IP Plus Series</li>
</ul>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Clean Uninstalling Pivot CMS</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">When normally uninstalling programs from a computer, there is often data left behind regarding user preferences, settings, and other database information.  This section will outline how to completely remove Pivot CMS and its database files from a Windows computer for a clean uninstallation.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Uninstalling Pivot CMS</strong></p>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Prompt the uninstallation of Pivot CMS by opening the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Windows Control Panel</strong>, then navigating to the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Program and Features</strong> menu.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Select <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Pivot </strong>from the program list, then select <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Uninstall</strong>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Select <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Yes </strong>for the removal of the configuration files.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Removing Pivot CMS Database</strong></p>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Open the Windows<strong style="font-weight: 900;"> File Explorer</strong> program.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Navigate to <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Local Disk (C:) &gt; Program Files (x86)</strong>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>Locate and delete the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">PivotPrograms </strong>folder.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>After uninstalling the Pivot CMS program and deleting the <em>PivotPrograms</em> folder, Pivot CMS has been completely removed from the system.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">You may reinstall the Pivot CMS program to complete the clean reinstallation.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Installing Pivot CMS</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This section will outline how to install the Pivot Central Monitoring Software (CMS) for the first time or after performing a clean uninstallation of the application.</p>
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>To <strong style="font-weight: 900;">download the installation file</strong> for the Pivot CMS software, open a web browser and go to the <strong style="font-weight: 900;"><a style="font-weight: 400;" href="https://digital-watchdog.com/productdetail/Pivot-Central-Monitoring-Software/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Pivot CMS product page</a></strong>, located on the Digital Watchdog website.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;"><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Scroll down</strong> and click on the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Software tab</strong>.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Download icon</strong> to acquire the installation file for Pivot CMS.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Run the Pivot CMS installation file</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">This file is likely located in the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Downloads</strong> folder of your computer.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>By default, the <em>Destination Location </em>for the configuration files is <strong style="font-weight: 900;">C:\Program_Files (x86)\PivotPrograms</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Accept the file location or select <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Browse</strong> to select another location.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Next</strong> to proceed.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>The <em>Select Start Menu </em>Folder screen will display.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Next</strong> to accept the shortcut location or click <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Browse</strong> to select another location.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Next</strong> to proceed.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>In the <em>Select Additional Task </em>window, leave the default selections as they are and click <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Next &gt;</strong>.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">
<ol style="font-weight: 400;">
<li>The <em>Ready to Install</em> window will display the summary of the installation settings.</li>
</ol>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">Click the <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Install</strong> button to prompt the installation of Pivot CMS.</p>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">The installation wizard will inform you once the installation is complete.  Click <strong style="font-weight: 900;">Finish</strong> to complete the installation process.</p>
<h1><strong style="font-weight: 900;">Applying Administrator Password</strong></h1>
<p style="font-weight: 400;">If you would like to add an Administrator password for the Pivot CMS login, please read <strong style="font-weight: 900;"><u>Adding User Passwords In Pivot CMS</u></strong>.</p>
<h1><strong>Password Protection</strong></h1>
<p>Implementing password protection for the Pivot Central Monitoring Software (CMS) program is optional, but is recommended when multiple users will be utilizing the same workstation computer to monitor camera streams through the Pivot CMS program.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Note:</b>  This will not affect the login credentials of any recording units that are connected to the workstation computer through the network.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Note:</b>  If you have already applied an Administrator password for Pivot CMS and have forgotten the password, the Pivot CMS program must be completely clean reinstalled to reset the login credentials.</p>
<p>If you must perform a clean reinstallation, please read <a href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/334-clean-reinstalling-pivot-cms-windows/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank"><b><u>Clean Reinstalling Pivot CMS (Windows)</u></b></a>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Supported/Affected Devices</strong></h1>
<ul>
<li>Workstation computer</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Changing the Password</strong></h1>
<p>To change the Administrator password for Pivot CMS:</p>
<ol>
<li>Launch the <b>Pivot </b>application on the computer.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li><b>Log in</b> to Pivot CMS.</li>
</ol>
<p>By default, the login for Pivot CMS is:</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>User Name:  <b>Administrator</b></li>
<li>Password:  &#8212; (blank)</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/03-27/891d433c-e593-4f29-bf4b-396d9fd0f6f4/image-20200327113436-8.png" alt="image 20200327113436 8" width="357" height="165" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 679"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>Click on the <b>Setup tab</b>, then click on the <b>CMS Setup</b> button.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/03-27/27c57ac7-cc70-40c9-8443-b1c60d9c000f/image-20200327113436-9.png" alt="image 20200327113436 9" width="682" height="492" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 680"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="4">
<li>In the <i>CMS Setup</i> window, click on the <b>User tab</b>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on <b>Administrator</b>, then click the <b>Edit</b> button.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Note:</b>  If you are editing the password for another user, you will select that username.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/03-27/07caf9d1-ca99-487a-9dfe-b6fbc1ba50b3/image-20200327113436-10.png" alt="image 20200327113436 10" width="495" height="554" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 681"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="5">
<li>Enter the new password for the Administrator.</li>
</ol>
<p>The password may use up to 16 characters, use special characters (!, @, #, $, %, etc.), and include spaces.</p>
<p>Click <b>OK</b> to apply the password change.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/03-27/d36f7114-08c1-44e0-915f-735dfdfdcd47/image-20200327113436-11.png" alt="image 20200327113436 11" width="555" height="427" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 682"></p>
<h1><strong>Converting .SSF to .AVI Using BackupViewer</strong></h1>
<h1><strong>Video Format</strong></h1>
<p>Upon exporting video from the VMAX IP Plus, footage files are saved in .SSF format.  This type of video file may be considered as proprietary and will require the use of a compatible video player to review the footage, such as Digital Watchdog’s <i>Multi-Backup Viewer</i> program (included with Pivot CMS).</p>
<p>The <i>Multi-Backup Viewer</i> allows users to open and view .SSF footage files, also featuring an .AVI export function.  This may be beneficial to users that must share backed up video from the VMAX IP Plus, but the recipient of the footage is unable to view the .SSF footage.</p>
<p>This article will outline how to convert .SSF format footage to .AVI format using the <i>Multi-Backup Viewer</i>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Note:</b>  Pivot CMS is compatible with Windows OS only.</p>
<p>If you still need to install Pivot CMS, please read <b><u><a href="https://digitalwatchdog.happyfox.com/kb/article/334-clean-reinstalling-pivot-cms-windows/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">Clean Reinstalling Pivot CMS (Windows)</a></u></b>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Supported/Affected Devices</strong></h1>
<ul>
<li>VMAX IP Plus Series</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Converting the Footage</strong></h1>
<p class="CxSpFirst">After exporting footage from the VMAX IP Plus, converting the .SSF file to .AVI will allow the footage to be viewed using more commonly used viewing applications.</p>
<p class="CxSpMiddle">
<p>To convert .SSF footage to .AVI format, using <i>Multi-Backup Viewer</i>:</p>
<ol>
<li>If you have not already done so, copy the .SSF footage to the computer.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>Launch <b>MultiBackup Viewer</b>.</li>
</ol>
<p>Unless otherwise specified, this application is included with the installation of Pivot CMS by default.</p>
<p class="CxSpFirst"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-21/24223823-1d4c-413a-846b-5b734c35453a/image-20200420170707-25.png" alt="image 20200420170707 25" width="85" height="97" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 683"></p>
<p class="CxSpLast">
<ol start="3">
<li>Click the <b>Single CH</b> tab, then click the <b>Search Icon</b> (magnifying glass).</li>
</ol>
<p>Locate and select the folder containing your .SSF footage.</p>
<p>Click the <b>OK</b> button to upload the footage.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-21/a4421f71-a4f3-4fd4-b47c-3e6c5691694c/image-20200420170707-26.png" alt="image 20200420170707 26" width="624" height="480" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 684"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="4">
<li>The .SSF file list from your selected directory will display.</li>
</ol>
<p>Click on the <b>.SSF footage file</b> that you want to use, then click the <b>Pause</b> button on the toolbar.  This will enable the use of the <i>.AVI</i> <i>Export Function</i>.</p>
<p>Click on the <b>.AVI Export</b> icon on the toolbar.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-21/a57b585b-8e6b-4cb2-9efc-df56b5265fb9/image-20200420170707-27.png" alt="image 20200420170707 27" width="624" height="471" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 685"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="5">
<li>The <i>AVI Export</i> window will display.</li>
</ol>
<p>Confirm that the <b>AVI Save Time</b> matches the <i>Recording Info. (Time)</i> settings.</p>
<p>You may also enable the optional options for:</p>
<ul>
<li>
<ul>
<li>Including Audio Data – audio data will be converted for the .AVI file copy.</li>
<li>Execute real-time playback – video will continue to play, even when there is no recorded section to the footage (may result in ‘blank spots’ within the .AVI footage file.</li>
<li>Insert OSD (image information) into AVI file – the .AVI copy will include the on-screen information of the footage.</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Click the <b>OK</b> button to proceed.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-21/c7283242-9b29-4b3a-88f5-9aac92c5ff72/image-20200420170707-28.png" alt="image 20200420170707 28" width="624" height="474" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 686"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="6">
<li><b>Select the directory</b> where the .AVI file will be saved.</li>
</ol>
<p><b>Name the file</b>, then press the <b>Save</b> button to convert the footage.</p>
<p>The duration of this process will vary depending on the video quality, length of the footage, and if you chose to include additional export options (include audio, OSD, etc).</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-21/f96a72fd-de91-425d-af94-19c2af50f552/image-20200420170707-29.png" alt="image 20200420170707 29" width="624" height="423" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 687"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="7">
<li>Once the conversion has been completed, click the <b>OK</b> button.</li>
</ol>
<p>The footage should now be saved as an .AVI file in the directory that you selected.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Note:</b>  If you do not have a compatible video player that can open .AVI format files, you may use <b><u><a href="https://www.videolan.org/vlc/" rel="nofollow noopener" target="_blank">VLC Media Player</a></u></b> as a free viewing option.</p>
<h1><strong>Playing Backed Up Video in Backup Viewer</strong></h1>
<h1><strong>Playing Backed Up Video</strong></h1>
<p>Backup Viewer is one of three bundled applications that install with the Pivot CMS program.  The Backup Viewer application allows users to view .SSF format footage, exported from the VMAX IP Plus recorder series.</p>
<p>This article will outline how to locate and open the .SSF footage for viewing with Backup Viewer.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Note:</b>  Pivot CMS and its included applications are compatible with Windows OS only.  If you have yet to install the program to your Windows computer, please read <b><u>Clean Reinstalling Pivot CMS</u></b>.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Supported/Affected Devices</strong></h1>
<ul>
<li>VMAX IP Plus Series</li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h1><strong>Using Backup Viewer</strong></h1>
<p>To play exported .SSF video with Backup Viewer:</p>
<ol>
<li>Launch the <b>Backup_Viewer</b> application.</li>
</ol>
<p>If you allowed the Pivot CMS installation wizard to add a desktop icon, double-click on the <b>Backup_Viewer</b> icon to launch the application.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-21/930e1fe8-c60b-4c90-9e3a-30dd401fa7f5/image-20200421121459-3.png" alt="image 20200421121459 3" width="255" height="83" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 688"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="2">
<li>From the <b>Single CH</b> tab, click the <b>Search</b> <b>Icon</b> (magnifying glass).</li>
</ol>
<p>Locate the <b>directory folder</b> where the .SSF footage is saved, then click the <b>OK</b> button.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-21/9ffbcb8c-5b22-4eec-b1e6-95cb472c457f/image-20200421121459-4.png" alt="image 20200421121459 4" width="624" height="480" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 689"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="3">
<li>The exported .SSF footage will be listed under the <i>Single CH</i> tab.</li>
</ol>
<p>To play the footage, <b>double-click</b> on the desired footage.</p>
<p>Backup Viewer will index the file and begin to play.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-21/f5dcb3cb-2970-4993-aa6d-85852e441f29/image-20200421121459-5.png" alt="image 20200421121459 5" width="190" height="208" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 690"></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-21/30804fac-fa8a-4763-ab31-356570b8efe2/image-20200421121459-6.png" alt="image 20200421121459 6" width="388" height="320" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 691"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<ol start="4">
<li>If video does not start automatically, click the play button on the toolbar.</li>
</ol>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://hf-files-oregon.s3.amazonaws.com/hdpdigitalwatchdog_kb_attachments/2020/04-21/9ddf915d-546a-4d5e-bbdb-0f0bd25cac3e/image-20200421121459-7.png" alt="image 20200421121459 7" width="606" height="109" title="Pivot CMS Setup Guide 692"></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://www.dvrcms.com/pivot-cms-setup-guide/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
